[
    {
        "part": "ATA 05/12: TIME LIMITS/MAINTENANCE CHECKS/ SERVICING",
        "ch": "Radome (internal) general visual inspection is belong to general visual inspection task of :",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Zone 200. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Zone 100. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Zone 800. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-05-41-01-21B-311A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the Phase II for Overweight/Hard landing inspect?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "For more detail visual inspection. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the pilot wrote in the report. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the Phase I inspection shows that there is damage. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-05-51-01-00B-311A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does give the protection to the internal system (tubes, wires and equipment) from being directly hit by lightning?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Current return network. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary and secondary structure. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Static dischargers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-05-51-19-00A-030A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Inspection after ground handling equipment hits the airplane with high energy:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual, NDI (if necessary) the external surfaces including the nearest support structure. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Detail visual inspection the external surfaces. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If no visible external damage, no further maintenance action. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-05-51-58-00A-280A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Lightning is most likely to hit in one of the zone 1 (lightning “zones”) areas. Zone 1 means:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward fuselage Section 41, 43…, wing to body fairings. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight control surfaces, LDG doors, exterior lights. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose, wingtips, nacelles, empennage tips. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-05-51-19-00A-030A-A and DMC-B787-A-05-51-19-00C-280B-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Push TEST switch to SYSTEM position to do the test of refuel system:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The refuel valves that are open will close then open again, two valves of a time. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The refuel valves that are open will close then open again, one valve of a time. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The refuel valves that are open will close then open again, all valves of a time. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-12-11-01-02B-211A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the discrepancy (between fuel quantity indicators and fuel vehicle flow meter) check is unsatisfactory:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do Fuel Quantity Indicating System Channel Comparison Functional Test. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the fuel quantity measuring stick check. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the airplane attitude is between the limits of -0.78<sup>0</sup> ±2.0<sup>0</sup>pitch and 0.0<sup>0</sup> ±2.0<sup>0</sup> roll. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-12-11-01-02B-211A-A (A, B1, B2 B787 GENERAL AND NEW TECHNOLOGY"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What color is fiber optic cable in B787? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Purple. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "White. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane general Page 118."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the type of fastener used for attachment in fixed panels on B787 airplane? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Torx. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Torx plus. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Torx and torx plus. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane general Page 106."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many external power panels does B787 airplane have? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Electrical power system Page 70. ."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The hydraulic systems in B787 airplane are designed features with (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 separate hydraulic systems: Yellow /Green with hydraulic pressure are 5000 psi. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 separate hydraulic systems: Left /Center /Right with hydraulic pressure are 5000 psi. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 separate hydraulic systems: Left /Center /Right with hydraulic pressure are 3000 psi. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane General Page 66."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does engine in B787 airplane start by? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical power. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatic power. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical and pneumatic power. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Electrical power system Page 22."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The brake system on B787 airplane is controlled and operated by (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically control and Hydraulic operation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane general Page 66."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is different between flight deck windows of B787 with other type airplane? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can open/ close from outside. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can open/ close from inside. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can not open/ close. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane general Page 76."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is wing leading edge anti-ice system in B787 heated by? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatic. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical and pneumatic. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane general Page 66."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to get access to the forward EE bay from the forward cargo compartment? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must remove a panel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Access door on the right side of the forward bulkhead wall. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can not access. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane general Page 122."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The current return network (CRN) provides a: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Return path for only fault AC and DC current from the loads to the sources. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply path for normal and fault AC and DC current from the sources to the loads. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Return path for normal and fault AC and DC current from the loads to the sources. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Electrical power system Page 6."
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 20: STANDARD PRACTICE – AIRFRAME",
        "ch": "Which statement is NOT TRUE for CCR (common computing resources) reset switches: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight crew use these switches if there is a loss of all displays ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maintenance personnel use these switches to show the status of the components in the CCR ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The use of these switches for maintenance activities can cause GPM (General Processor Module) corruption or failure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 1A Common Core System, page 224 of 452"
    },
    {
        "ch": "CIS/MS (Crew information system/ Maintenance system) File Server Module: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Keeps applications and data to support the functions of the crew information system (CIS) and the maintenance system (MS) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Controls the software configuration of the EGM and support the functions of the crew information system (CIS) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Collects and sends core network fault and configuration data to CMCF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 1B Core Network System, page 30 of 471"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Stores LSAPs for loading to airplane systems: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CIS/MS (Crew information system/ Maintenance system) File Server Module ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The controller server module (CSM) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The network interface module (NIM) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 1B Core Network System, page 30 of 471"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many procedures to clean fiber-optic end face? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-10-34-01A-280A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Make sure that the EWIS (Electrical Wiring Interconnection System) was NOT damaged during the maintenance, which item may be used: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Paint, Sealant, Deicing fluid ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Paper for debris, Plastic sheeting for liquid, Masking tape for debris ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste system chemical, Cardboard for debris, Corrosion Inhibiting Compound (CIC) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-60-07-00A-720A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 21: AIR CONDITIONING",
        "ch": "What does control the CAC speed?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCU. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CCR. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 28 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the ground during usual APU operations,",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the inboard left CAC operates. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All CACs operate. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the inboard CACs operate. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System (Book 5A), page 29 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During usual airborne conditions,",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the outboard CACs operate. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All CACs operate. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the inboard CACs operate. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 29 of 621 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component does the secondary surge margin control for CAC?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAC variable diffuser actuator (VCA). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAC add heat valve (AHV). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC control the speed of CAC to prevent surge. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 36 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component does the primary surge margin control for CAC?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAC variable diffuser actuator (VCA). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAC add heat valve (AHV). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC control the speed of CAC to prevent surge. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 36 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the ram fan operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only on the ground to pull external air in through the heat exchangers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the air or airspeed more than 60 knots. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High speed on the ground and low speed in the air. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 100 of 621 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The PCU causes the ram fan motor controller to operate the ram air fan when",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no CMSC power source to operate the ram air fan. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground operations with ambient temperature more than 300F. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PECS cooling fluid temperature less than 1550F. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 100 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pack control unit (PCU) controls the fan operation through",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RFMC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC or RFMC. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 100 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ram air fan check valve is open",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the PCU. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the air pressure caused by airplane movement in the air. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the ground to let ram air flow through the heat exchangers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 112 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Pack outlet temperature is controlled by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACM bypass valve (ABV), low limit valve (LLV) and economy cooling valve (ECV). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACM bypass valve (ABV), low limit valve (LLV) and heat exchangers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACM bypass valve (ABV), low limit valve (LLV) and ram air inlet, outlet doors. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 76, 120 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The low limit valve (LLV) opens to control",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The temperature of the pack air to the secondary (cooling) channel of the condenser above 1ºC (34ºF). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the condenser and T1 turbine section, let air go directly to the T2 turbine. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the ACM if the ACM fails. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 152 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The economy cooling valve (ECV) opens at high altitude to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The temperature of the pack air to the secondary (cooling) channel of the condenser above 1ºC (34ºF). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the condenser and T1 turbine section, let air go directly to the T2 turbine. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the ACM if the ACM fails. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 156 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The air cycle machine bypass valve (ABV) opens to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control the temperature of the pack air to the secondary (cooling) channel of the condenser above 1ºC (34ºF). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the condenser and T1 turbine section, let air go directly to the T2 turbine. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the ACM if the ACM fails. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 160 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The lower recirculation air high flow shutoff valve (HFSOV) closes when",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A sudden decrease in cabin pressure. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A sudden increase in cabin pressure. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A sudden broken lower recirculation fan. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 182 of 621 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the pack in the heat exchanger only cooling mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air cycle machine (ACM) has a malfunction. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The condenser inlet temperature sensor fails or the economy cooling valve (ECV) cannot close. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pack control unit (PCU) causes the ECV to open during normal operation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 220 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the pack in the condenser bypass mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air cycle machine (ACM) has a malfunction. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The condenser inlet temperature sensor fails or the economy cooling valve (ECV) cannot close. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pack control unit (PCU) causes the ECV to open during normal operation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 182 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the pack economy cooling mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air cycle machine (ACM) has a malfunction. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The condenser inlet temperature sensor fails or the economy cooling valve (ECV) cannot close. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pack control unit (PCU) causes the ECV to open during normal operation. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 182 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In standby operating mode, when air flow automatically bypasses parts of the pack because of a defective condition:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Advisory message “STDBY MODE L(R)” shows. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Advisory message “PACK MODE L(R)” shows. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Advisory message “STDBY COOLING MODE L(R)” shows. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 222 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight attendants can set the target temperature more than or less than the master temperature:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "± 7ºC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "± 5ºC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "± 3ºC. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 346 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The trim air pressure regulator valve control the pressure of the trim air",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5psi more than the cabin pressure. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 psi more than the cabin pressure. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7 psi more than the cabin pressure. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 284 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the alternate ventilation system (AVS) operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The forward equipment cooling is in override mode. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is a complete malfunction in the 2 air condition packs and they cannot give normal air supply. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The forward cargo compartment fire extinguishing system operates. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 338 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 22: AUTO FLIGHT",
        "ch": "The components of AFDS (Autopilot Flight Director System): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mode Control Panel (MCP), 3 backdrive actuators, 2 autopilot disconnect switches, 2 autothrottle disconnect switches. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mode Control Panel (MCP), 3 backdrive actuators, 2 autopilot disconnect switches, 2 take off – go around (TOGA) switches. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mode Control Panel (MCP), 3 backdrive actuators, 2 autopilot disconnect switches. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 10/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The AFF (Autoflight Function) processes inputs and sends autopilot command data to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HYDIF (Hydraulic Interface Function). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFCF (Primary Flight Control Function). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ADRF (Air data reference function). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 10/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The BDAs (Backdrive Actuators) used to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move the flight control surfaces. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Send pitch, roll, yaw command data to AFF. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move the columns, wheels, and pedals. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 18/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pilot can override the BDA: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the pilot supplies sufficient force, the primary flight control function removes the autopilot engage signal. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BDA is locked engagement during Autopilot function. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BDA is not a part of AFF. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 18/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The MCP (Mode Control Panel): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gives commands to the flight control surfaces. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is the primary pilot interface with the FCE (Flight Control Electronics). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is the primary pilot interface with the Autoflight function. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 44/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the slave lane (MCP) becomes the master lane? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Every time the auto throttle function disengages and re-engages. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Every time the autopilot system disengages and re-engages. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Every time the auto disconnect switches disengage and re-engage. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 48/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The autoland function has these flight phases: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Approach, flare, go – around, rollout. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cruise, approach, flare, go – around, rollout. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Approach, flare, rollout. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 110/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During take off, with both F/D (Flight Director) switches set to off: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Flight Director commands turn off on PFD (Primary Flight Display) and HUD (Head Up Display). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Flight Director commands automatically show on PFD (Primary Flight Display) and HUD (Head Up Display). This is called AUTO POP UP. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Flight Director commands show on Captain PFD (Primary Flight Display) and Captain HUD (Head Up Display) only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 56/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to turn off F/D auto pop-up function during take-off? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set both F/D switches to OFF then ON position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set both HUD(s) to stowed position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set both F/D switches to ON then OFF position. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 56/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the autopilot is engaged in the air and no F/D switch is ON (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It engages in the altitude hold (pitch) and the heading/track hold (roll) modes. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It engages in the vertical speed / glide path angle (pitch) and the lateral navigation (roll) modes. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It engages in the vertical speed / glide path angle (pitch) and the heading/track hold (roll) modes. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 58/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The autoflight function (AFF) roll mode is available in these phases: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Climb, cruise, descent. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Take-off, climb, cruise, descent. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Take-off, climb, cruise, descent, landing. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 66/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pitch mode VNAV (vertical navigation) is a: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AFF (auto flight function) mode. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TMF (Thrust management function) mode. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMF (flight management function) mode. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 82/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is FLCH (Flight Change) mode? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FLCH mode is a mix of thrust and elevator commands to change flight levels. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FLCH mode is a mix of thrust and aileron commands to change flight levels. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FLCH mode is a mix of elevator and aileron commands to change flight levels. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 90/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to know the VNAV (Vertical Navigation) is engaged? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The green VNAV switch light on MCP is on, VNAV mode shows green on top of PFD. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The white VNAV switch light on MCP is on, VNAV mode shows magenta on top of PFD. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The white VNAV switch light on MCP is on, VNAV mode shows green on top of PFD. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 82/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Flare mode is active when: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Localizer or glide path is active and the airplane is between 40ft and 60ft radio altitude. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Glideslope or glide path is active and the airplane is between 40ft and 60ft radio altitude. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Glideslope or glide path is active and the airplane is between 40ft and 60ft barometric altitude. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 110/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The go-around mode is a combined of: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autoflight function (AFF) and thrust management function (TMF). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autoflight function (AFF) and flight management function (FMF). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight management function (FMF) and primary flight control function (PFCF). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 116/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The condition to arm the go-around mode when the airplane is in the air: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Glideslope mode is active or trailing edge flaps are not up. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Glideslope mode is armed or leading edge flaps are up. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Glideslope mode is armed or trailing edge are up. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 16/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight mode annunciator (AFF) on top of PFD and HUD show these data: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LNAV (lateral navigation) mode, VNAV (vertical navigation) mode, APP (approach) mode. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autothrotlle mode, roll mode, pitch mode. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airspeed, Altitude, Heading. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 140/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to know an AFDS mode is armed? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A green box shows in the flight mode annunciator of PFD and HUD. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A white box shows in the flight mode annunciator of PFD and HUD. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A white box shows in the flight mode annunciator of ND. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 140/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The autopilot flight director system has the CMCF ground test for: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autopilot disconnect switches, mode control panel, backdrive actuators, TO/GA switches. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autopilot disconnect switches, mode control panel, backdrive actuators, TO/GA switches, thrust control module. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autothrottle disconnect switches, mode control panel, backdrive actuators, TO/GA switches. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 154/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Thrust Management System (TMS) can control engine thrust in these phases: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Take-off, cruise, landing. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All flight phases except take-off. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All flight phases from take-off to landing. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 158/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Choose the correct answer: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If one engine is failed, push the A/T (autothrottle engage) switch to make the good engine operate at maximum thrust. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If one engine is failed, push the TO/GA (take-off / go-around) switch to make the good engine operate at maximum thrust. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If one engine is failed, push the CLIMB/CON (climb/continuous) switch to make the good engine operate at maximum thrust. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 182/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Choose the correct answer: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLARE is a pitch mode, an autopilot horizontal stabilizer command that raises the nose of the airplane at touch down. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLARE is a pitch mode, an autopilot elevator command that raises the nose of the airplane at touch down. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLARE is a roll mode, an autopilot elevator command that raises the nose of the airplane at touch down. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 206/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Thrust management system indications show on: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD, HUD, EICAS. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD, HUD, AUX PFD. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD, HUD, ND. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 212/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Thrust targets and modes show on: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD and HUD. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EICAS and CDU. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD and AUX PFD. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 222/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What information of TMS (thrust management system) shows on EICAS? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active thrust limit mode, selected altitude, thrust limit indications. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active thrust limit mode, selected airspeed, thrust limit indications. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active thrust limit mode, selected temperature, thrust limit indications. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 216/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During auto land if there are faults in the system, the annunciator status can show: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLT DIR. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LAND 2 or NO AUTO LAND. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LAND 3. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 204/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The F/D (flight director) annunciator status shows on PFD and HUD: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLT DIR (green) is active but autopilot is not engaged. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLT DIR (green) is active and autopilot is engaged. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLT DIR (amber) is not active and autopilot is engaged. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 144/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the MCP (mode control panel), if the altitude increment selector is in the auto position: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Altitude selector display changes in 10 foot increments. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Altitude selector display changes in 100 foot increments. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Altitude selector display changes in 1000 foot increments. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 132/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to perform a Go-around during landing? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "First push on TO/GA switch to engage the system to the go-around mode, the airplane climbs at 2000ft/min. Second push on TO/GA switch to change auto throttle thrust limit mode to full go-around thrust. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "First push on A/T (auto throttle) switch on MCP to engage the system to the go-around mode, the airplane climbs at 2000ft/min. Second push on A/T switch to change auto throttle thrust limit mode to full go-around thrust. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push auto throttle disconnect switch first to engage the system to the go-around mode, a/c climbs at 2000ft/min. Push TO/GA switch then to change auto throttle thrust limit mode to full go-around thrust. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 116/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During landing the TO/GA switches are inhibited 10 seconds when the thrust reversers are stowed: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To arm the full thrust reference. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To avoid the switches accidentally pushed after landing. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No inhibition for TO/GA switches during landing. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 171/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The auto throttle function engages whenever the A/T arm switches are ON, and: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One of these auto flight modes is selected (VNAV, FLCH, TO/GA). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One of these auto flight modes is selected (LNAV, HGD/TRK, ALT). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "F/D selected only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 176/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "ILS approach: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At 1500 feet radio altitude, rudder backdrive actuator disengages, ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At 1500 feet barometric altitude, autopilot annunciator changes form A/P to LAND 3. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At 1500 feet radio altitude, autopilot annunciator changes form A/P to LAND 3. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 106/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "ILS approach: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Near 200 feet, the status annunciator can show LAND 3. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Near 200 feet, LAND 2 annunciator is inhibited, not to distract the flight crew. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Near 200 feet, autopilot changes to FLARE mode. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 204/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The crew uses CDU AIRLINE POLICY (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To change take-off de-rate settings for a single flight. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To change fuel flow factor. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To change the AMI (airplane modifiable information) key. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 222/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can the aircraft be dispatched with BDAs of three control axis inoperative?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All could be inoperative provide affected actuators deactivated and auto-pilot function still operate normally. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All could be inoperative provide affected actuators deactivated and auto pilot function INOPERATIVE, the aircraft must be also dispatched with MEL Item 22-11-01. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all could be inoperative provide the flight crew has been warned about the work load increasing during flight. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DDG MMEL Item 22-11-02B."
    },
    {
        "ch": "For the aircraft dispatch with one auto throttle servo motor inoperative, which is correct procedure? ( B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Thrust levers must be manually set for whole flight route. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Thrust levers must be manually set for take off and go around thrust. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Affected thrust lever must be manually set for take off and go around thrust. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DDG MMEL Item 22-31-02A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The auto pilot controls the airplane attitude in(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All flight phase. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Climb, cruise, decent, approach, autoland. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All flight phase except takeoff (flight director only) . ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-01A-018A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The backdrive actuators for each axis locate on: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either captain or FO side. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain side only, torque tubes send the movement to the FO side. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FO side only, torque tubes send the movement to the captain side. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-01A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of AFDS? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Controls the attitude of the airplane only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supplies indications and flight director commands so the flight crew can manually control the attitude of the airplane only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Controls the attitude of the airplane and Supplies indications and flight director commands so the flight crew can manually control the attitude of the airplane. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-01A-018A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The auto pilot can be engaged with F/D: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ON. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OFF. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ON or OFF. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-21A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For removal and installation of the autopilot disconnect switch, you must: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "install a rig pin in the control wheel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "install a collar and warning tag in the control wheel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move the control wheel full travel first. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-08-00A-520A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You can engage the autopilot on the ground with: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the flaps fully retracted and ground speed more than 80 knots. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the flaps fully retracted and ground speed less than 80 knots. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the flap fully extended and ground speed more than 80 knots. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-21A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The autopilot engages in the takeoff mode when: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft on the ground. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight director is off. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft not on the ground, Flight director is on, Mode selected is takeoff/go around. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-21A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The thrust management system (TMS) can control engine thrust in: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in all phases of flight from takeoff to approach and landing. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in some criticalphases of flight. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in all phases of flight except takeoff and landing. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-31-00-00A-018A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The TMF controls the throttle lever movement in accordance with: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pilot commands from the MCP (Mode Control Panel) only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMF (Flight Management Function)VNAV (Vertical Navigation) mode requests and speed or thrust targets only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pilot commands from the MCP (Mode Control Panel); FMF (Flight Management Function)VNAV (Vertical Navigation) mode requests and speed or thrust targets. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-31-00-00A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The autothrottle disconnects automatically when: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System failure, Either thrust reverser lever to the reverse idle position, pilots move the thrust levers during landing after the autothrottle starts to retard the throttles to idle. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both engines shut down. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System failure, Either thrust reverser lever to the reverse idle position, pilots move the thrust levers during landing after the autothrottle starts to retard the throttles to idle. OR both engines shut down. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-31-00-03A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The control wheel backdrive actuator (BDA) moves the control wheel during: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The autopilot is engaged. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The autopilot sends a roll command. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The autopilot is engaged and sends a roll command. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-07A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The mode control panel (MCP) is: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The mode control panel (MCP) is the primary pilot interface with the auto pilot function. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The mode control panel (MCP) is the secondary pilot interface with the autoflight function. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The mode control panel (MCP) is the primary pilot interface with the autoflight function. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-05A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The procedures to engage the A/P are: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pushing either of the 2 autopilot engage switches on the MCP. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pushing both autopilotengage switches simultaneously. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pushing both autopilotengage switches in turn. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-21A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the procedure to disengage the A/P ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the A/P disconnect switch on the wheel.. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually override the autopilot commands to the flight controls.. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the A/P disconnect switch on the wheel OR Manually override the autopilot commands to the flight controls. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ReferencePage 60 of Autoflight - Avionic Book 5 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens if you push an autopilot disconnect switch the second time ?: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autopilot disconnected. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual and aural alerts to come on. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the alerts are cancelled. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-10A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the autothrottle disconnects, these are the visual and aural alerts: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Master caution light and aural alert. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EICAS message, master caution light and aural alert. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EICAS message, master warning light and aural alert. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-31-00-03A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where do you see the autothrottle mode and Autopilot Flight Director Systemmode ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the HUDs (Head Up Display). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ON the FMA (Flight Mode Annunciator) at the top of PFD. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ON the FMA (Flight Mode Annunciator) at the top of ND. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-11A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are purposes The AFDS (Autopilot Flight Director System) ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically control the altitude of the A/C; Supply commands to move the thrust levers ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically control the attitude of the A/C; Supply indications and commands ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically control engine thrust in all phases of flight from takeoff to approach and landing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-01A-018A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the TMF (Thrust Management Function) software? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the GPM (General Processing Module ) of the CCR cabinet ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the FCM (Flight Control Module) of the FCE (Flight Control Electronics) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the CSM (Controller Server Module) of the CCS (Common Core System) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-31-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The TMF (Thrust Management Function) moves the thrust levers in response to: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pilot commands from the MFK (Multifunction Keypad) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pilot commands from the MCP (Mode Control Panel) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pilot commands from the MFD (Multifunction Display) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-31-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the autothrottles engage in the VNAV (Vertical Navigation) mode, the FMF (Flight Management Function) and the TMF (Thrust Management Function) will:(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMF and TMF will work together ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMF will work as master and TMF is slaver ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMF will work as primary and TMF is standby ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-31-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are 2 brushless, 28v dc autothrottle servo motors in the TCM (Throttle Control Module). One moves the left thrust lever. The other moves the right thrust lever?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The servo motors are components in the thrust management system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The servo motors are line replaceable ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The servo motors are not line replaceable ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-31-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the MCP slave lane become master lane ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the master slave fails. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Everytime the autothrottle re-engages or disengages. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically in turn. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-01A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When VNAV is engaged, how can pilots manually set the target speed or altitude data on MCP?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn the related selector switch on MCP then pull it ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn the related selector switch on MCP then push it. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the related selector switch on MCP then turn it. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-05A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the flight level change (FLCH) mode, how is the airplane controlled to fly to the selected target altitude?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The autoflight controls airspeed with the elevators. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The autothrottle controls the engine thrust. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The autoflight controls airspeed with the elevators and the autothrottle controls the engine thrust. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-29A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which componnet normally tunes the ILS frequency and sets the ILS course in approach mode?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AFF (Autoflight Function ) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMF (Flight management Function) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TMF (Thrust management Function) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-33A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which source supplies 28VDC to 3 axis BDAs (Backdrive Actuator)?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain instrument bus. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "First officer instrument bus. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Back-up bus. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-07A-034B-A, DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-08A-034B-A, DMC-B787-A-22-11-00-09A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 23: COMMUNICATION",
        "ch": "The communications system includes these systems: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "flight interphone, service interphone, SELCAL, VHF, HF, SATCOM, GRD crew call function ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELT, DCMF, flight interphone, service interphone, SELCAL, VHF, HF, SATCOM, GRD crew call function ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SELCAL, VHF, HF, SATCOM, GRD crew call function ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 336 of Airplane General - Introduction Book 1 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The captain ACP has a direct interface with a jack on the P40 panel for: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Towing operations ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine run- up ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Refueling. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 146 of Communication Systems - Avionics Book 2 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Maintenance personnel use the flight interphone headset connection jack to communicate with the flight deck through:(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P5 panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P40 panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P8 panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-51-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of the service interphone system: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "lets the ground crew talk with each other ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "lets the ground crew talk with each other and to the flight crew. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lets the ground crew talk to the flight crew. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-52-00-00A-018A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The interphone jacks in these locations: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P40 panel ONLY ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P57 panel ONLY ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P40 panel and P57 panel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-52-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The audio gateway unit (AGU) changes: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The analog audio to digital ONLY ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The analog audio to digital and digital audio to analog ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The digital audio to analog ONLY ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-51-00-07A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When and how does the ground crew call horn come on? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Call from the flight deck in 3 seconds, continuously when ERS is on battery power, 1 Hz interval when there is an APU fire, continuously when low flow detected in fwd or aft equipment cooling system. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Call from the flight deck in 3 seconds, continuously when ERS is on battery power, continuously when there is an APU fire, continuously when low flow detected in fwd or aft equipment cooling system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Call from the flight deck in 3 seconds, continuously when ERS is on battery power, continuously when low flow detected in fwd or aft equipment cooling system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-43-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ground crew call system and horn are disabled when: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/C on ground ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/C in flight ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/C on ground and touch down. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 190 of Communication Systems - Avionics Book 2 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The VHF aeronautical communication band is between: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "116.00 MHz and 134.975 MHz. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "118.00 MHz and 134.975 MHz. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "118.00 MHz and 136.975 MHz. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-12-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The data format input to the VHF radios is: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARINC 429 low speed ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARINC 629 low speed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARINC 429 high speed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-12-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the HF communication not allowed to transmit ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Personnel are on the surface of the airplane. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During refueling or defueling. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Personnel are on the surface of the airplane; OR During refueling or defueling. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-11-00-00A-320A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The communications systems provide: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The voice data only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The communications data only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The voice and data communications. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:Page 6 of Communication Systems - Avionics Book 2 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight interphone system has these outputs: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The COMM/warning speakers, Jack modules and Digital signal to CDN. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Jack modules and Digital signal to CDN. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The COMM/warning speakers, and Digital signal to CDN. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-51-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What causes an EICAS message to show: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The a push-to-talk (PTT) signal for more than 20 seconds. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The a push-to-talk (PTT) signal for more than 15 seconds. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The a push-to-talk (PTT) signal for more than 30 seconds. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-11-00-00A-110A-A or DMC-B787-A-23-51-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ground crew call system has interface with: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACP and CSSC software function. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACP. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CSSC software function ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-43-00-01A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which components do the SELCAL (Selective Calling) function?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SELCAL Decoded Unit ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AGU (Audio Gateway Unit)s ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ACP (Audio Control Panel ) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-21-00-03A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is The SRT (Satellite Receiver Transmitter) located ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the FWD equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the AFT equipment center ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the crown area ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-15-00-00A-055C-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many channels are there in The SATCOM system ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four: 2 channels for data and 2 channels for voice communication ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three: 1 channels for data and 2 channels for voice communication ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two : 1 channels for data and 1 channels for voice communication ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-15-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To make sure that the 24-bit Aircraft ID is correct if you changed the switch positions of the (ELT) programmable switch module? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the Emergency Locator Transmitter - Functional Test ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the Emergency Locator Transmitter - Sytem Test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the Emergency Locator Transmitter - Operational Test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-24-01-01A-340A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of video signals the SCIU (Surveillance Camera Interface Unit) send to the EFB (Electronic Flight Bag) system? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Analog signals ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Analog for video and Digital for voice ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Digital data ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-75-00-03A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do the flight crew use the ACP (Audio Control Panel) and the TCP (Tuning Control Panel) to control the HF (High Frequency) communication system ?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Using TCP to select the HF (High Frequency) communication systemand ACP to tune the HF radios. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Using ACP to select the HF (High Frequency) communication system and TCP to tune the HF radios. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Using TCP to select the HF (High Frequency) communication systemand ACP to select the mode of operation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-11-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of VHF (Very High Frequency) communication transceiver?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Changing RF (Radio Frequency) signals to audio and datalink signals during receive operations, and changing datalink and audio signals to RF (Radio Frequency) signals during transmit operations. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Changing RF (Radio Frequency) signals to audio and datalink signals during transmit operations, and changing datalink and audio signals to RF (Radio Frequency) signals during receive operations. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Receiving and transmiting RF (Radio Frequency) signals in the VHF (Very High Frequency) frequency range. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-12-00-02A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can we select more than one receiver switch and transmit switch on ACP(Audio Control Panel) at the same time ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes we can. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We can only select more than one transmit switch at the same time. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We can only select more than one receiver switch at the same time. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-51-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When service interphone system is connected to flight interphone system, how do the AGU(AudioGateway Unit) and ACP(Audio Control Panel) send the audio signal ?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The AGUs decode the flight interphone audio and send it to the service interphone jacks whereas The ACPs decode the service interphone audio and send it to the selected flight interphone headsets and comm/warning speakers. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AGUs process the all audio signals and send to ACPs which send them to interphone jacks, flight inerphone headsets and comm/warning speakers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACPs decode the flight interphone audio and send it to the service interphone jacks whereas The AGUs decode the service interphone audio and send it to the selected flight interphone headsets and comm/warning speakers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-23-52-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 24: ELECTRICAL POWER",
        "ch": "The main components of CRN (current return network) are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bars, straps, wiring, tie brackets. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Contactors, relays, wiring. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Static dischargers, bonding leads, tie straps. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 10/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "One of the CRN (current return network) function is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lightning protection for direct fuselage and tail and direct nose-to-tail lightning paths. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Increases electromagnetic energy (EME) and high intensity radiation field (HIRF) effects. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Decreases electromagnetic energy (EME) and high intensity radiation field (HIRF) effects. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 6/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Choose the incorrect answer: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CRN (current return network) is not a part of the primary structure of the airplane. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CRN (current return network) is not a part of electrical system. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CRN (current return network) is composed of structural and non-structural metal parts. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 8/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CRN (current return network) is connected to the CFRP (Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To reinforce the wing and empennage structure . ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To provide a high impedance metallic path to reduce the effects of lightning. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To provide a low impedance metallic path to reduce the effects of lightning. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 8/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which one is the correct answer? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P100/200 L/R 235V AC are power distribution panels. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P300/400 are power conversion panels. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P500/600 115V AC and 18V DC are power distribution panels. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 328/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The main battery supplies power to the hot battery bus (HBB) (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HBB is in P300 panel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HBB is in P400 panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HBB is in P500 panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 32/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During APU start by batteries: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The main battery supplies power for EICAS, lower MFD and APUC (APU controller), the APU battery supplies power for the APU inlet door actuator. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The main battery supplies power for EICAS and lower MFD, the APU battery supplies power for the APUC (APU controller), SPU (start power unit) and the APU inlet door actuator. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The main battery supplies power for EICAS, lower MFD and APUC (APU controller), the APU battery supplies power for the SPU (start power unit) and APU inlet door actuator. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 32/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The main components of P500/600 panel are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATU (auto transformer unit), TRU (transformer rectifier unit), EBPSU (electrical brake power supply unit). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BPCU (bus power control unit), TRU (transformer rectifier unit), EBPSU (electrical brake power supply unit). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATRU (auto transformer rectifier unit), TRU (transformer rectifier unit), EBPSU (electrical brake power supply unit). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 124/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The EBPSU (electrical brake power supply unit) changes 28V DC from the TRU (transformer rectifier unit) to +/- 130V DC for: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EBA (electric brake actuator). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EBAC (electric brake actuation controller). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BSCU (brake system control unit). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 120/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What loads are controlled and protected by ELCU (electrical load control unit)? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SPDU (secondary power distribution unit). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RPDU (remote power distribution unit). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Breakers, contactors, replays. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 136/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ELCU (electric load control unit) has 2 types of modules: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELCU C card (communication) receives command data from GCU via CDN (common data network) for control of the ELCU P card (protection). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELCU C card (communication) receives command data from BPCU via CDN (common data network) for control of the ELCU P card (protection). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELCU C card (communication) receives command data from AGCU via CDN (common data network) for control of the ELCU P card (protection). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 136/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Choose the incorrect answer: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each ELCU C (communication) module can control up to 6 ELCU P (protection) modules. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each ELCU P (protection) module can control up to 6 ELCU C (communication) modules. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each ELCU P (protection) module can control up to 6 contactors. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 136/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground and electrical system is supplied by APU only, P100/200 panels are power supplied by ASGs (apu starter generator) via LTB (left tie bus) and RTB (right tie bus): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LTB and RTB are in the P150 panel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LTB is in the P100 panel, RTB is in the P200 panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LTB is in the P700 panel, RTB is in the P800 panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 230/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When APU is running and forward external power is ON: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU supplies power to the 115V AC and 28V DC buses, external power supplies power to the 235V AC buses. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU supplies power to the 115V and 235V AC buses, external power supplies power to the 28V DC buses. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU supplies power to the 235V AC buses, external power supplies power to the 115V AC and 28V DC buses. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 250/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During APU cool down period: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can not set the APU selector back to ON to return the APU to its running condition. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can set the APU selector back to ON to return the APU to its running condition. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can turn off BAT switch to decrease the duration of APU cool down period. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 252/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The DRIVE (amber) light on P5 panel comes on whenever: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is a low oil pressure condition. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is a over current protection. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Conditions are met to reset the corresponding VFSG. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 278/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The GCU (Generator Control Unit) can open the related GCB (Generator Control Breaker): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually use the generator control switches or the drive disconnect switches on P5 panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by protective trip. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually use the generator control switches or the drive disconnect switches on P5 panel. Or automatically by protective trip. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 290/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The OVTPU (over voltage transient power unit) monitor the three phases 235V AC output of the VFSGs: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If 2 over voltage events occurs in 30 seconds or if 2 events occur in a flight, the GCB (generator control breaker) opens. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If 2 over voltage events occurs in 60 seconds or if 3 events occur in a flight, the GCB (generator control breaker) opens. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If 2 over voltage events occurs in 60 seconds or if 2 events occur in a flight, the GCB (generator control breaker) closes. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 294/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The GNR (generator neutral relay): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets control from the related GCU with commands from BPCU. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets control from the related GCU with commands from ELCU. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets control from the related GCU with commands from CCR hosted function. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 298/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The SC (start contactor) is used to start the engine. To close, the SC must get these 2 signals: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A ground signal and 28V DC from the related GCU. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A ground signal from the related GCU and 115V AC from the CMSC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A ground signal from the related GCU and 28V DC from the CMSC. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 302/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The text shows above N2 display on EICAS: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green AUTO START to inform that the start is initiated. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "White AUTO START to inform that the start is initiated. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green RUNNING to inform that the engine has completely reached stable N2. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 360/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Choose the correct answer: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 6 235VAC buses, 4 main AC buses: L1, L2, R1, R2 in P100/200 panels. 2 tie buses LTB, RTB are in P150 panel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 6 main 235VAC buses: L1, L2, L3 AC buses are in P100 panel. R1,R2, R3 AC buses are P200 panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 2 main 235V AC buses. Left AC bus is in P100 panel. Right AC bus is in P200 panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 312/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The 6 main 235V AC bus tie breakers (BTB) are controlled by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BPCUs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELCUs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GCUs. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 312/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The 6 main 235V AC bus tie breakers (BTB) are located: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L1, L2 BTBs are in P100 panel. R1, R2 BTBs are in P200 panel. L3, R3 BTBs are in P150 panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L1, L2 BTBs are in P100 panel. R1, R2 BTBs are in P200 panel. L3, R3 BTBs are in P700/800 panels. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L1, L2, L3 BTBs are in P100 panel. R1, R2, R3 BTBs are in P200 panel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 316/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ELCC (electrical load control contactor) are used where: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The current load is more than the rating of thermal circuit breakers or solid state protective devices. The source voltage is 28V DC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The current load is more than the rating of thermal circuit breakers or solid state protective devices. The source voltage is 235V AC. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The current load is more than the rating of thermal circuit breakers or solid state protective devices. The source voltage is 115V AC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 324/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each ELCC (electrical load control contactor) can get open/close commands from: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GCU,BPCU, ELCU P (power) module. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GCU,BPCU, ELCU C (communication). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GCU, BPCU. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 324/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ESIC (electrical system indication and control) is used to see and control some BTBs (bus tie breakers) and contactors in these power panels: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P100/200, P300/400. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P100/200, P500/600. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P100/200, P700/800. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 334/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The MBR (main battery relay) can be controlled: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually access to the ESIC in the maintenance control pages with main battery switch selected ON. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually access to the CBIC function with main battery switch selected ON. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by BPCU in the air regardless of the main battery switch. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 352/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The GATU (galley auto transformer unit): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets 235V AC, 3-phase constant frequency from 235V L2 AC bus and sends out 115V AC, 3-phase constant frequency. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets 235V AC, 3-phase variable frequency from 235V L2 AC bus and sends out 115V AC, 3-phase variable frequency. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets +/- 270V DC from L2 ATRU (auto transformer rectifier unit) and sends out 115V AC, 3-phase constant frequency. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 128/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The GATU (galley auto transformer unit) gives power to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward galleys and middle galleys. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward galleys, middle galleys and aft galleys ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft galleys. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 128/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In addition to systems that traditionally get electrical power, The 787 electrical system supplies power for: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine start, Pressurization, Wing ice protection, Stabilizer trim, Wheel brake systems. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine start, Pressurization, Wing ice protection, landing gear alternate extension system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stabilizer trim, Wheel brake systems, nose gear steering system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 22/429 of 2A Electrical Power System - Avionics Book 1 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The main battery supplies standby power for: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT extends, APU fire detection system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Critical component and loads until RAT extends , Brakes electric, Refueling left main tank (limited times), hot Battery Bus, Towing, Ground operations. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Towing, Ground operations, refueling the right main tank (limited times). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-30-00-02A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "After arrival, you found the main battery has event, you will: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace the new main battery, battery charger and the main battery enclosure burst disk indicatior. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reset the event battery. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove the main battery, main battery heat shield, main battery enclosure, main battery insulation blanket, main battery charger, main battery enclosure burst disk indicator and vent tube assembly for inspect and replace as required. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-31-01-02C-520A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the parking brake is set and you disconnect or remove the main battery, you can: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not release the parking brake. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Release the parking brake. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Release with APU Battery available. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-31-01-02A-510A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU battery supplies 28v dc for: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU start ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Navigation lights (during towing operations) and APU start ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Redundant backup power for some components, APU start and Navigation lights (during towing operations) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-30-00-05A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the location of APU and main Battery? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main battery in fwd EE bay and APU battery in aft EE bay. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FWD EE bay. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AFT EE bay. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-30-00-00A-055C-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If an engine starts, some ground handling loads do not receive power because : (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Some ground handling loads are not designed to receive variable frequency power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Some ground activities do not occur when an engine is running ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Some ground handling loads are not designed to receive variable frequency power. Some ground activities do not occur when an engine is running. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 98 of Electrical Power System - Avionics Book 1 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The maximum amount of power a forward external power connector can use is: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "90 KVA ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "120 KVA ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "140 KVA ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-40-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The electrical power system P500 and P600 power conversion panels do these power changes: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "235v ac to 115v ac, 115v ac to 235v ac ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "235v ac to 28v dc, 28v dc to +/- 130v dc. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "235v ac to 115v ac, 115v ac to 235v ac; 235v ac to 28v dc, 28v dc to +/- 130v dc. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Figure 1 DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-00A-911B-T or Page 108 of Electrical Power System - Avionics Book 1 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The EBPSUs each receive 28v dc inputs from: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The transformer rectifier unit (TRU) output ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the hot battery bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The TRU or the hot battery bus. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-30-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The P300 and P400 panels are: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The primary 115v ac and 28v dc power distribution panels ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the secondary 115v ac and 28v dc power distribution panels ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the standby 115v ac and 28v dc power distribution panels ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the possible location can you operate CBIC: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maintenance laptop ONLY ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maintenance laptop or Flight deck multifunction displays (MFD). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight deck multifunction displays (MFD). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-07A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The High voltage +/-270v dc goes to motor controllers to operate these high load electric motors: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air conditioning compressors, Electric hydraulic pumps, Ram fans, Nitrogen generation system, VFSGs - for engine start and motoring, ASGs - for APU start, Override jettison fuel pumps. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air conditioning compressors, Electric hydraulic pumps, Ram fans ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air conditioning compressors, Electric hydraulic pumps, Ram fans, Nitrogen generation system, VFSGs - for engine start and motoring, ASGs - for APU start ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-10-00-05A-034B-A / DMC-B787-A-24-09-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The P49 panel supplies 28v dc for: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manual ram air turbine (RAT) deployment. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airplane towing operations. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "manual ram air turbine (RAT) deployment and airplane towing operations ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-09-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "These conditions are necessary to disconnect the generator on the ground: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power applied, FUEL CONTROL switch in RUN position AND Push GEN DISC switch ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power applied ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FUEL CONTROL switch in RUN position AND Push GEN DISC switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-18A-721B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If external power is connected to the left or right forward receptacle, when does BPCU(Bus Power Control Units) close the forward EPC (external power contactor) ?: ( B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the power quality monitored by BPCU is good. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When left or right FWD EXT PWR switch is pushed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the power quality monitored by L2 GCU is good. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-40-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the airplane in the GROUND HANDLING mode?: ( B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When forward external power is connected and selected on, APU is not running and both engines are off. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When forward external power is connected but not selected on, APU is not running and both engines are off. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When APU is running on ground and the GROUND SERVICE switch on the master attendant switch panel is on. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 98 of Electrical Power System - Avionics Book 1 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many modules are there in each RPDU (Remote Power Distribution Unit) ?: ( B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 02 microprocessor modules for control, 03 AC modules and 03 DC modules. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 02 microprocessor modules for control, 16 AC modules and DC modules. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 02 microprocessor modules for control, 01 to 06 AC modules and DC modules. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-71-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the current ratings of the electrical loads supplied by SPDU (Secondary Power Distribution Unit) ?: ( B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 50 amps AC and 45 amps DC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 10 amps for DC and AC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 50 amps DC and 45 amps AC. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-09-00-02A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the position of GNR (Ground Neutral Relay) and SC (Starter Contactor) of VFSG(variable frequency starter generator) when it operates as a starter?:( B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GNR closes and SC opens. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GNR is opens and SC is closes. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both GNR and SC close. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-20-00-18A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where does the Main Battery Charger take POWER from (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Captain instrument bus ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The F/O instrument bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Ground service bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-30-00-03A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of Battery Diode Module(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents charge of the main battery when captain instrument bus is paralleled with another 28v dc source ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents charge of the main battery when hot battery bus is paralleled with another 28v dc source ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents charge of the main battery when hot battery bus have 28v dc power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-30-00-22A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many External POWER source on B787 (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2External POWER source: 1 forward and 1 aft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3External POWER source: Left , Right and Center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3External POWER source: 2 forward and 1 aft ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-40-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which computer control AFT Ext POWER (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The L2 GCU (Generator Control Unit) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The BPCU (bus power control units) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The L2 ATRU (Auto Transformer Rectifier Unit) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-40-00-02A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ATRU (Auto Transformer Rectifier Unit)s will (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Changes 3-phase, 235v ac from the main buses to 3-phase, 115v ac ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Changes 3-phase, 115v ac from external ground power to 3-phase, 230v ac ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Change variable frequency 235v ac from the 235v ac buses to +/-270v dc during normal operation ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-30-00-08A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why must do open CB of PECS before Remove/Install CMSC (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To stop the pumps off integrating cooling system (ICS) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To stop the pumps off Power Electronics Cooling System ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To stop the liquid cooling pump inside CMSC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-15-02-00A-520A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A function of the CRN (Current Return Network) is: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Increases EME (Electromagnet Energy) and HIRF (High Intensity Radiation Frequency) effects ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supplies a return path for ac and dc fault currents from the loads to the sources ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lightning protection for Mail landing gear and Main landing gear Door ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which Circuit Breaker the CBIC (Circuit Breaker Indication and Control) can monitor but no control? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Thermal Circuit Breaker ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electronic Circuit Breaker ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "solid-state relays in the Flight Control Electronics Power Supply Module ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-07A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many PMG (Permanent Magnet Generator) inside VFSG? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 5 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 3 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 256 / 429 of Electrical Power System - Avionics Book 1 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which RPDU (Remote Power Distribution Unit)s send and receive data to and from the BPCU (Bus Power Control Unit)s ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Standard RPDU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gateway RPDU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both RPDU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-71-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What colour of the CRN (Current Return Network ) cables and straps? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are Green ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are Red ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are Blue ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 14 / 429 of Electrical Power System - Avionics Book 1 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of power supply by AC generation system on B787? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115v AC and 28v AC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "235v ac and 115v ac ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "235v ac and 28v ac ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-20-00-00A-018A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the normal position of the GNR (Generator Neutral Relay) ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connects the neutral line of the VFSG and ASG together ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Opens the ground to the neutral line of the related VFSG or ASG ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connects the ground to the neutral line of the related VFSG or ASG ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-20-00-00A-018A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The airplane is in the GROUND HANDLING mode if all these conditions Exist ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft external power is connected , The APU is running, Both engines are off ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward external power is connected and selected ON, The APU is not running, one engines is off ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward external power is connected but not selected ON, The APU is not running, Both engines are off ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 98 / 429 of Electrical Power System - Avionics Book 1 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which External power source(s) can be used for Left Engine Start with no loads shed ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can use two forward and one aft power source ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can use two forward external power sources ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cannot start Left ENG by external power with no Loads shed ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 306 / 429 of Electrical Power System - Avionics Book 1 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Control of the ESIC (Electrical System Indication and Control) is from? : (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A EFB (Electronic Flight Bag) on the flight deck ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AML (Maintenance Laptop) with wired connection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A MFD (Multi Function Display) on the flight deck ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-08A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of electrical power do the 6 generator channels supply ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3–phase, variable-frequency, 235v ac ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3–phase, constant-frequency, 235v ac ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3–phase, variable-frequency, 115v ac ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of load management function in BPCUs(Bus Power Control Unit) ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It disconnects electrical loads only when engines start, to prevent insufficient power supply for VFSG(variable frequency starter generator). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It disconnects electrical loads to keep the load levels less than the power supply levels, to prevent an overload condition of the electrical power sources. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It disconnects electrical loads only when engines are operating, to prevent the VFSGs from removing too much power from the engines. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-03A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the condition for controlling the CBIC (Circuit Breaker Indication and Control) function on maintenance laptop ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the airplane is on the ground and GND TEST switch is in NORM. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the airplane is on the ground and GND TEST switch must be in DATA LOAD/ENABLE. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the airplane is on the ground and GND TEST switch is not in NORM. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference Page 176 / 429 of Electrical Power System - Avionics Book 1 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of load do the ELCU (Electrical Load Control Unit)control and supply protection?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The load with rating up to 50 amps AC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The large loads which receive current and ac voltage that is more than the rating of the thermal circuit breakers. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 ATRUs(Auto Transformer Rectifier Unit) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-09-00-05A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When APU(Auxiliary Power Unit)starts on APU battery, how does the ASG (APU Starter Generator) receive power?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ATRU (Auto Transformer Rectifier Unit) changes the 235v ac to +/-270v dc for the CMSC (Common Motor Starter Controller) that supplies power to the right ASG (APU Starter Generator). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ATRU (Auto Transformer Rectifier Unit) changes the 235v ac to +/-135v dc for the CMSC (Common Motor Starter Controller) that supplies power to the right ASG (APU Starter Generator). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ATRU (Auto Transformer Rectifier Unit) changes the 115v ac to +/-135v dc for the CMSC (Common Motor Starter Controller) that supplies power to the right ASG (APU Starter Generator). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-30-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the purpose of SPU (Start Power Unit)?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When APU starts on battery, SPU changes 28v dc from the APU (Auxiliary Power Unit) battery to 3-phase 235v ac, then supplies power only to the R2 ATRU (Auto Transformer Rectifier Unit). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When APU starts on battery, SPU changes 28v dc from the APU (Auxiliary Power Unit) battery to 3-phase 115v ac, then supplies power only to the R2 ATRU (Auto Transformer Rectifier Unit). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When APU starts on battery, SPU changes 28v dc from the APU (Auxiliary Power Unit) battery to 3-phase 115v ac, then supplies power only to the R1 ATRU (Auto Transformer Rectifier Unit). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-30-00-04A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the limitation of controlling the ESIC (Electrical System Indication and Control)? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no limitation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can control the ESIC on only one MFD or maintenance laptop at a time. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can control the ESIC on only one MFD at a time. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-08A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many oil heat exchangers do the VFSGs (Variable Frequency Starter Generator) have ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "For one engine, 02 VFSGs have 02 different AOHEs (Air/Oil Heat Exchanger) and a FOHE (Fuel/Oil Heat Exchanger). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "For one engine, 02 VFSGs have 02 different AOHEs (Air/Oil Heat Exchanger) and 02 FOHEs (Fuel/Oil Heat Exchanger). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "For one engine, each VFSG has a different AOHE (Air/Oil Heat Exchanger) and a FOHE (Fuel/Oil Heat Exchanger). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-10-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How are the CMSCs(Common Motor Starter Controller) and ATRUs (Auto Transformer Rectifier Unit)cooled ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PECS (Power Electronics Cooling System) supplies cooling fluid to cool the CMSCs and the ATRU. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air conditioning system processes to make cool air to cool the CMSCs and the ATRUs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The 2 forward EE cooling supply fans move air to cool the CMSCs and the ATRUs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-10-00-05A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are contained in SPDU (Secondary Power Distribution Unit) cabinet ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 8 power modules and 2 microprocessor modules. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 6 power modules and 2 microprocessor modules. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 16 power modules and 2 microprocessor modules. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference Page 160 / 429 of Electrical Power System - Avionics Book 1 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of VFSG (Variable Frequency Starter Generator) GCU (Generator Control Unit) ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It continuously monitors the total horsepower extractionfrom each engine to prevent the overload condition . ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It controls and monitors the engine start. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It monitors and controls the output voltage,and give the fault and current protection. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-20-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the GCB (Generator Control Breaker) closed by the GCU (Generator Control Unit)?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When engine starts, there are no protective fault conditions. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When engine is in operation, VFSG (Variable Frequency Starter Generator) output voltage and frequency are in limits and there are no protective fault conditions. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "As long as engine strart is done,the SC (Starter Contactor) opens and GNR (Ground Neutral Relay) closes. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-20-00-17A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the the nominal output ratings of the VFSG(Variable Frequency Starter Generator)?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3-phase, 115v ac, 250 KVA and 360-800 Hz ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3-phase, 235v ac, 250 KVA and 360-800 Hz ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3-phase, 235v ac, 250 KVA and 400 Hz ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-20-00-02A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the protection function of the RAT (Ram Air Turbine)GCU (Generator Control Unit) ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfrequency protection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overvoltage protection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "C.	Both Underfrequency and Overvoltage protection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-30-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of the DCLPU (DC Lightning Protection Unit) ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply lightning surge protection to some RPDUs (Remote Power Distribution Unit) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply lightning surge protection to some SPDUs (Secondary Power Distribution Unit) and RPDUs (Remote Power Distribution Unit) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply lightning surge protection to some BPCU(Bus Power Control Units) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-71-00-07A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when the DRIVE DISC switch is pushed in air ? ( B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related VFSG (Variable Frequency Starter Generator) is disconnected from the gearbox drive, and GCR (Generator Control Relay) opens to remove excitation from the VFSG ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related VFSG (Variable Frequency Starter Generator) is disconnected from the gearbox drive, and GCB (Generator Control Breaker) opens. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related VFSG (Variable Frequency Starter Generator) is disconnected from the gearbox drive, GCR (Generator Control Relay) opens to remove excitation from the VFSG, and GCB (Generator Control Breaker) opens. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-02A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the necessary conditions to disconnect manually the VFSG(Variable Frequency Starter Generator) on ground? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VFSG low oil pressure sensed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power is applied and engine fuel control switch moves to the RUN position. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power is applied ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-00-00-02A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when high oil temperature (199 +/- 3 deg C) of the VFSG(Variable Frequency Starter Generator) is detected ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The DRIVE indication shows amber and the flight crew must manually disconnect the VFSG ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The VFSG is automatically disconnected by melting an internal solder pellet. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nothing happens. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference Page 278 / 429 of Electrical Power System - Avionics Book 1 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you reconnect the VFSG(Variable Frequency Starter Generator) to the input shaft, what is the different between the first and second time you pull the disconnect manual reset handle ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must ensure that the force to pull the disconnect manual reset handle the second time is less than the first time. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "you must hear or feel the “click” tension at the second time you pull the disconnect manual reset handle. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must see “red mark” at the first time you pull the disconnect manual reset handle. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-21-09-02B-320A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the caution when you install the VFSG(Variable Frequency Starter Generator) harnesses? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that you use pliers that have metal jaws to tighten the electrical connectors or you will cause damage to the electrical connectors. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that there is no tension in the electrical harnesses when you connect the electrical connectors. if there is tension, adjust the harness in the spring clips and hinge clamps. tension can cause damage to the electrical connectors and the harnesses. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that you torque the electrical connectors within corrected range. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-24-11-24-00B-720A-A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 25: EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING",
        "ch": "During perform the captain and first officer seat installation,you must(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push and hold to testthe rocker switches ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Carry out a calibration procedure. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Adjust the fwd and aft stop on the seat track. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 12 of 796"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Seat - to - seat wiring for IFE data and electrical power connect through(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Seat tracks covers. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger service unit (PSU). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wireless. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 50 of 796"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the overhead stowage bin does not open normally, (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove the stowage bin cap then unlock the emergency release latch. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Perform the stowage bin latch adjusting. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use a tool to unlock the emergency release latch. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 86 of 796 or DMC-B787-A-25-28-04-00A-540A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to remove the galley electrical power in an emergency(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A CABIN/UTILITY switch in the cockpit (P5). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An emergency OFF switch at each galley panel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An emergency OFF function in the CAP. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 96 of 796"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 26: FIRE PROTECTION",
        "ch": "What equipment supplies the discharge current to the cargo compartment fire bottle squibs? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The squib monitor and control unit (SMCU). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU and cargo fire control panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The main engine data concentrator (MEDC). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. 787 Training Lab Notebook,4A fire protection page: 626 of 996"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine fire overheat detector sends a signal to CCR via? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EEC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MEDC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RDC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. 787Training Lab Notebook,4A fire protection page: 498 of 996"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cargo smoke detectors are:(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Spot-type photoelectric smoke detectors ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Thermistor ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Resistive temperature devices. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. 787Training Lab Notebook,4A fire protection page: 594 of 996"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Who does monitor the engine fire detection channels for fires and overheat conditions?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CCS. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MEDC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFPS function. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 502 of 1004 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine fire detectors have an overheat threshold and a fire limit",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "204ºC and 244ºC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depend the zone of engine fire detector assembly is installed. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depend the set level in MEDC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 506 of 1004 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cargo fire extinguishing flow valves",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Regulate the extinguishing agent to the cargo compartments. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Measure the extinguishing agent to the cargo compartments. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Send the extinguishing agent to either the fwd cargo or aft/bulk cargo compartment. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 626 of 1004 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground, the cargo compartment fire extinguishing system only operates in the manual mode and",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HRD bottles discharge immediately, the LRD bottles discharge after a 15-minute delay. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The LRD bottles discharge immediately, the HRD bottles discharge after a 15-minute delay. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HRD and only one of the LRD bottles discharge immediately with no 15-minute delay. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 650 of 1004 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many are there the fire extinguisher bottles for the wheel well overheat?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 bottles for each wheel well. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 bottles for each main wheel well. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No fire extinguishing system for the wheel well. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 660 of 1004 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 27: FLIGHT CONTROL",
        "ch": "These sources supply electrical power to PCM in FCE Left ?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VFSG PMG on the left Engine , LEFT 28V DC bus, FCE Battery ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VFSG PMG on the left Engine , CAPT Flight instrument Bus , FCE Battery ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HOT Battery Bus , CAPT Flight instrument Bus , FCE Battery ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 11 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The PFCF has 3 modes of operation: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal,Secondary,Alternate. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primery , Secondary , Direct ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal , Secondary , Direct ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 64 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The actuator control electronics (ACE) operates in (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Direct PFCF mode only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal and secondary PFCF mode only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All three PFCF modes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 66 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the PFCF change its operation to secondary mode? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Loss of important air or inertial data. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "03 of ACEs fail ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "03 of FCM fail ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 70 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the power source 28v dc for the control column backdrive actuator(BDA),rudder pedal(BDA),control wheel( BDA )comes from the ..?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "R 28v dc bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain instrument bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "First officer instrument bus. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: (126,310,402) of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The 2 FCE batteries (Lithium Ion type) are a backup source of power for (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCE left and FCE right. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCE left and FCE-C1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCE-C2 and FCE right. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:30 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How long The FCE batteries can supply for PCM L and PCM R after the loss of all power sources.? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "10 minutes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "15 minutes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "30minutes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:30 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During low-speed flight . Which flight controls are used for roll control?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flaperons ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airlerons ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ailerons,flaperons and spoiler ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 16 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are three modes of flap and slat operation : primary , secondary and (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stanbay ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Alternate ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Direct ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:554 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Symmetric spoilers are used as speedbrakes . What do asymmetric spoilers assist ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Roll control ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitch control ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yaw control ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:98,194 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to detect Outboard Slat Skew? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It uses a cable (lanyard) system.A lanyard goes along the back of the outboard slats and connects to the DMA. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It uses Inboard Skew Sensors to detect Outboard skew ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It use Slat Position Sensors to detect Outboard skew ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:706 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the horizontal stabilizer cutout switches ?(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "remove hydraulic power from horizontal stabilizer PCUs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "remove power from the electric motor control unit (EMCU). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Send signals to the ACEs to stop stabilizer movement ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:474 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight control software is in: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CCS. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCE. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ACE. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 10 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the PFCF direct mode: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight deck inputs supply control commands through the ACEs. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FCMs supply control commands to the flight surfaces. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight deck inputs supply control commands through the back drive actuators. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 11 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The primary flight control function (PFCF) has these components: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCE L, FCE C and FCE R. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCE L, FCE C1, FCE C2 and FCE R. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCE L, FCE CL, FCE CR and FCE R. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 10 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The primary flight control function (PFCF) has these components: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 FCMs (one in the FCE L and one in the FCE R). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 FCMs (one in each FCEs). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 FCMs (one in the FCE L, one in the FCE C1 and one in the FCE R). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 10 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many are there direct mode rate sensors (DMRS)? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 10 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the primary source power to the PCM in FCE L, R and C1? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain flight instrument bus. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28 V DC Bus. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VFSG PMG. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 11 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which PCMs have an own FCE battery? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCM C1 and PCM C2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCM L and PCM R. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCM L, PCM C1 and PCM R. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 30 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the incorrect thing with the ACEs? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is one type of ACE. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACEs change the analog signals to digital and send them through FCM. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACEs receive all flight deck control inputs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 22 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Primary Flight Control Function (PFCF), Auto Flight Function (AFF) and High Lift Function (HLF) are in (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCM. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCM. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ACE. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 26 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Even the flight control surface switches are ON, LOCK shows: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The switches remove hydraulic from flight control PCUs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The primary surfaces can move if the PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS switch is in the DISC position. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The high lift surfaces can not move. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 60 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Even the flight control surface switches are ON, LOCK shows: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The switches remove hydraulic from flight control PCUs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The primary surfaces can not move. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The high lift surfaces can move if the flaps are in the ALTN mode. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 60 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If any required sensor data are invalid, the PFCF automatically transits from Normal to Secondary mode(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If data are valid again, the PFCF automatically back to Normal mode ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Mode does not automatically return to Normal mode. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If data are still invalid, the PFCF automatically transits in Direct mode. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 64,70 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In Secondary mode, these protection functions are not available:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yaw damping. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bank angle. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overspeed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 70 of 813 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does control the hydraulic solenoid valve on the PCU? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ACE. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCM. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "REU/SREU. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 102 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "These spoilers use EMCU to move the EMAs: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 and 9. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4, 5, 10 and 11. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 and 12. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 102 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are 4 RVDTs in the control wheel position transducer: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 RVDTs for FCEs and 1 RVDT for back up. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 RVDTs for 4 FCEs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 RVDTs for FCEs and 1 RVDTs for spoiler EMCU. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 102 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The wheel force transducer send a signal to FCEs for (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bank angle protection. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stall protection. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Override the control wheel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 114 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The control wheel lateral force limiter permits(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Limit the control wheel angle movement. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move the control wheel when autopilot engages. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Full movement of non-jammed wheel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 122 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If you install only a left or right flaperon/aileron PCU (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the 27 flight control – flaperon/aileron actuator LRU test. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the left or right flaperon/aileron actuator major rig task. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the left or right flaperon/aileron actuator minor rig task. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 174 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you operate the flaps on ground (retract or extend) (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must have all 03 external electric powers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must raise the spoilers at least 5 degrees. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must operate all 03 hydraulic systems at a time. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 194 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you set the parking brake, (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spoilers move to a no-gap position above the flap. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spoilers move to a gap position above the flap. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spoilers move to a partial position above the flap. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 195 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "These spoiler EMCUs get an analog signal directly from the RVDTs of the captain and F/O control wheel (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 and 9. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 and 11. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 and 10. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 212 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does we use lock out tool to dispatch the spoiler EMA inoperative? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the hydraulic spoiler dispatch tool is not available. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the spoiler EMA doesn’t have a shearout. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the spoiler EMA has a shearout. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-27-00-00-19A-721B-A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 28: FUEL",
        "ch": "What statement is True? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The OVERFILL light comes on if the RCP senses an overfill condition. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The OVERFILL light comes on if there are fuel in surge tank. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The OVERFILL light comes on if the FQIS senses an overfill condition. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of the B787 aircraft vent system is: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents pressure differences between the tanks and ambient air. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove water and contamination from the fuel tanks. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Removes fuel fumes from the tank before maintenance access ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Storage and Venting ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Location of the fuel center tank: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are between ribs 9 and 32 in the wing box of each wing. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The center tank is between rib 4 of the left wing and rib 4 of the right wing. Wing ribs divide each side of the center tank into seven fuel bays. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The center tank is between rib 9 of the left wing and rib 9 of the right wing. Wing ribs divide each side of the center tank into seven fuel bays. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Storage and Venting ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you know the surge tank pressure relief valve opened when you’re doing a walk around check? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With EICAS display. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "it protrudes below the lower surface of the wing. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Observe fuel spill through a flame arrestor and vent scoop. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Storage and Venting ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does Refuel Control Panel (RCP) get electric power from RPDUs? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RCP gets power when the RCP door is open. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When aircraft is on ground and has power. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When all valves switches is “Enable” ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What statement is True? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The OVERFILL light comes on if the RCP senses an overfill condition. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The OVERFILL light comes on if there are fuel in surge tank. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The OVERFILL light comes on if the FQIS senses an overfill condition. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of Engine Feed system? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sends fuel to the engines from the main and center fuel tanks. Can balance fuel between main tanks. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses fuel to cool the variable frequency starter generators (VFSG) during engine shutdown. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sends fuel to fuel operated valves and actuators. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What statement is True? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel pump pressure switch is not an LRU. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel boost pumps are different from the center tank fuel pumps. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel boost pumps are the same with the center tank fuel pumps ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What statement is True? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each O/J pump motor is controlled by a CMSC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel boost pump motor operates on variable frequency power of 369 Hz to 800 Hz at 235v ac. The electrical load control units (ELCU) give overcurrent and ground fault interruption protection for the fuel boost pumps. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The O/J pump motor-impeller assembly can’t be removed without defueling the center tank. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To transfer fuel from one tank to a different tank, we use: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Refuel Control Panel (RCP) only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Fuel Control Panel (FCP) only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both the RCP and the FCP. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-21-00-01A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "To perform Fuel Quantity Indicating System Channel Comparison - Functional Test: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Refuel valves are open, and the airplane AIR/GROUND status is GND. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Refuel valves are closed, and the airplane AIR/GROUND status is GND. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Refuel valves are closed, and the airplane AIR/GROUND status is AIR. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-41-00-01A-340A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Refuel operation with electrical power from the airplane battery: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the left main tank can be refueled. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the right main tank can be refueled. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the center tank can be refueled. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Book 1 of 3, Fuel Systems, Fuel – Distribution, page 80."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pressure refuel system is controlled by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel quantity management system (FQMS) function software. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Refuel control panel (RCP). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FQMS functions software and the RCP. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-21-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Power to open and close the refuel valves is supplied by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28 v dc CAPT INST BUS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28 v dc LEFT MAIN BUS. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28 v dc CAPT INST BUS or 28 v dc LEFT MAIN BUS. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-21-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The fuel shutoff module (FSM) makes sure that the fuel system always has power: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To open Engine fuel shutoff valves and APU fuel shutoff valve. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To close Engine fuel shutoff valves and APU fuel shutoff valve. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To open and close Engine fuel shutoff valves and APU fuel shutoff valve. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-22-00-23A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fuel Pumps PRESS light switch come on and stay on: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pump is faulty. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is power is not supplied to the pump. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is low pressure at the pump outlet. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-22-00-23A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Electrical power for operation of the override/jettison (O/J) pumps is from? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electrical load control unit (ELCU). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Override/jettison motor controllers (OJMC). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELCU and OJMC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-22-00-23A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fuel jettison nozzle valves are controlled? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Directly by the nozzle switches on the fuel control panel (FCP). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By Fuel quantity management system (FQMS) function. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only on the ground. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-31-00-00A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FQMS function does these functions: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel quantity, fuel temperature, fuel displays. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel level, volumetric shutoff, overfills warning. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel quantity, fuel temperature, fuel displays, fuel level, volumetric shutoff, overfills warning. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-41-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ground test for the left aft boost pump is required: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric power from APU. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric power from external power. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric power from battery. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-22-05-00A-720A-A."
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 29: HYDRAULIC POWER",
        "ch": "What signals can automatically extend the RAT: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BSCU and BPCU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HYDIF and BSCU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BPCU and HYDIF ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Ram Air Turbine System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 152."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The left and right hydraulic systems supply hydraulic power to these related components: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary flight control (PFC) actuators, High lift control, Thrust reverser control valve and actuators. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary flight control (PFC) actuators, Landing gear actuators, Thrust reverser control valve and actuators. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary flight control (PFC) actuators, Thrust reverser control valve and actuators. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 11."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Electric motor pumps (EMP) get power (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From hot battery bus. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From Electric Load Control Unit (ELCU). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From common motor start controllers (CMCS). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 104."
    },
    {
        "ch": "There is a copy of the HYDIF software in 3 general processor modules: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 in the left CCR cabinet, 1 in the right CCR cabinet. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 in the left CCR cabinet, 2 in the right CCR cabinet. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 in the left CCR cabinet. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 20."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the electrical power source is External Power (EP), to operate the Electric Motor Pump (EMP): (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that an IRU (Inertial Reference Unit) is off. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that an IRU is on. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that GND test switch in ENABLE position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-29-11-00-20D-210B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When 2 External Power (FWD L&R) available: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "C1 & L or C2 & R EMP can operates. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "C1 & R or C2 & L EMP can operates. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All EMP can be operates. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-29-11-00-20D-210B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a system pressure signal is not valid (sensor out-of-range): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lowest valid pump pressure for the related system shows. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The highest valid pump pressure for the related system shows. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The average valid pump pressure for the related system shows. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 246."
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground maintenance, to prepare retraction of the RAT (Ram Air Turbine): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the GND Test switch to the NORM position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the GND Test switch to the ENABLE position. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center hydraulic system must be depressurized. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-29-21-00-17A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The amber RAT unlocked (UNLKD) light is on indicates: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT is deployed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT is not in the fully up and locked position. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT is stowed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Ram Air Turbine System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 362."
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 30: ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION",
        "ch": "What system use PIDS icing signal for automatic operation: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WIPS, CIPS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WIPS, EAI ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WIPS, EAI, CIPS ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, Ice and Rain - Primary Ice Detection System, page 22."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What data are used by the processor in the PIDS detector to decide an icing: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Moisture, Ground speed, Air/ground data, Angle of attack (AOA), Air temperature, Static pressure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground speed, Air/ground data, Angle of attack (AOA),Air temperature, Static pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Moisture, Ground speed, Air temperature, Static pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, Ice and Rain - Primary Ice Detection System, page 16."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The wing ice protection control unit: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Has 24 zone control cards supply AC power to a symmetrical set of heater mats on the wings. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets 135vac through 2 remote data concentrators (RDC). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets temperature data from 24 temperature sensors for control and monitoring. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, Ice and Rain - Primary Ice Detection System, page 66."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The primary ice detection system (PIDS) is fully automated and: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates on the ground. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates in flight. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates on ground or in flight. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 22."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Engine anti-ice (EAI) system prevents ice: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses engine compressor bleed air to heat the inside of the inlet cowl lip. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses engine turbine hot air to heat the inside of the inlet cowl lip. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses electro-thermal heater to heat the inside of the inlet cowl lip. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 26."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which slats are heated to prevent icing? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2, 3, 4, 5 and 8, 9, 10, 11. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inboard leading edge slats. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All leading edge slats. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 66."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If one heater zone of slat #2 fails: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EICAS caution message shows. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The zone in the same position on the slat # 11 is shut off to keep symmetry. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The zone in the opposite position on the slat # 2 is shut off to keep symmetry. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 83."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The air data sensors ice protection system uses electrical heaters are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitot probes, Angle of attack (AOA) sensors, P20/T20 probe, Total air temperature (TAT) probe. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitot probes, AOA sensors, static pressure sense ports, TAT probe. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitot probes, AOA sensors, TAT probe. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 114."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cabin air compressor (CAC) inlet ice protection system (CIPS) operates: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the ground, EAI switch is set to AUTO and PIDS shows an icing condition. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the air, EAI switch is set to AUTO and PIDS shows an icing condition. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the air when the foreign object damage (FOD) door is deployed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 102."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The window heat control system (WHCS) operates in backup mode: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply only forward window anti-fog. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply only forward window anti-ice. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply forward window anti-ice and anti-fog. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 152."
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 31: INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM",
        "ch": "The forward flight recorder and flight deck area microphone get power from? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The R (Right) 28V (Volts) DC (Direct Current) bus. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The L (Left) 28V (Volts) DC (Direct Current) bus through the RIPS (Recorder Independent Power Supply). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The L (Left) 28V (Volts) DC (Direct Current) bus through the RIPS (Recorder Independent Power Supply), the RIPS (Recorder Independent Power Supply) battery, a test set through a connector on the P40 panel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-042B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many components does the RIPS (Recorder Independent Power Supply) have an interface? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1. Aft FR (Flight Recorder). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2. Forward FR (Flight Recorder) and Flight deck area microphone. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3. Forward FR, Aft FR (Flight Recorder) and Flight deck area microphone. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-042B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight deck area microphone sends analog audio to these components: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward FR (Flight Recorder), Aft FR (Flight Recorder) and P40. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward FR (Flight Recorder) and Captain ACP (Audio Control Panel). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft (Flight Recorder) and First Officer ACP (Audio Control Panel). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-042B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FRS (Flight Recorder System) has these components: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only Forward FR (Flight Recorder) with ULB (Underwater Locator Beacon). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward FR (Flight Recorder) with ULB (Underwater Locator Beacon) and Aft FR (Flight Recorder) with ULB (Underwater Locator Beacon). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward FR (Flight Recorder) with ULB (Underwater Locator Beacon) and Aft FR (Flight Recorder) with ULB (Underwater Locator Beacon), RIPS (Recorder Independent Power Supply), Flight compartment area microphone. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-040B-A. ."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the FR (Flight Recorder)s functions? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only FR (Flight Recorder) function. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FR (Flight Recorder) function, CVR (Cockpit Voice Recorder) function, Datalink recorder for CNS (Communication/Navigation/Surveillance)/ATM (Air Traffic Management) function, DFDAF (Digital Flight Data Acquisition Function). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only CVR (Cockpit Voice Recorder) function. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What’s happen if no engines start and the airplane does not take off within 10 minutes after you push the TEST switch: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FR (Flight Recorder) stops the recording operation. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FR (Flight Recorder) continues the recording operation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FR (Flight Recorder) stops the recording operation after 5 minutes later. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What’s happen if test passes from the TEST switch on the CVR (Cockpit Voice Recorder) panel? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flight deck speakers make a 1 kHz (kilohertz) tone and the status message VOICE RECORDER SYS show. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flight deck speakers make a 1 kHz (kilohertz) tone and the status message VOICE RECORDER SYS does not show. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the status message VOICE RECORDER SYS does not show. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The DCAF makes alerts and sends the alert data to the: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only Graphic generators (GG). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only Master warning and caution lights. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Graphic generators (GG), Audio control panels (ACP) and Master warning and caution lights. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Caution and Warning System Page 389."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Graphic generators (GG) get power from: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The main battery. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RPDU cards. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The power conditioning modules in the CCR cabinets. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Display Crew and Alerting Systems Page 222."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What’s the function of HUD (Head-Up Display) declutter switch? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn ON HUD (Head-Up Display). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn OFF HUD (Head-Up Display). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Controls the quantity of data that appears on the HUD (Head-Up Display). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-87A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "There is an EICAS transfer switch on the Captain and the First Officer EFIS/DSP control panel, the EICAS transfer switch use for: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Moves the EICAS display between the Captain side and the First Officer side. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Removes some EICAS messages on the Captain side and the First Officer side. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shows secondary engine data from EICAS on the Captain side. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Display Crew and Alerting Systems Page 286."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How long can each flight recorder (FR) stores system parameters? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 25 hours. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 2 hours. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 255 hours. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-018A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Using airplane network, data from the EAFRs (Enhanced Airborne Flight Recorder) can be downloaded from? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Aft EAFR. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Forward EAFR. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Neither Forward EAFR nor Aft EAFR, flight data can only be downloaded in the shop. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-09A-110B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of RLS (Remote Light Sensor)? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RLS (Remote Light Sensor) sends an ambient light analog signal to the CDN (Common Data Network) for automatic indication of the HDD (Head-Down Display). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RLS (Remote Light Sensor) sends an ambient light analog signal to the CDN (Common Data Network) for automatic brightness control of the HDD (Head-Down Display). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RLS (Remote Light Sensor) sends an ambient light analog signal to the CDN (Common Data Network) for manual brightness control of the HDD (Head-Down Display). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Display Crew and Alerting Systems Page 260."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where does the Forward FR get power? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Directly from a left 28v dc bus. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From a 28v dc bus through the recorder independent power supply (RIPS). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From hot battery bus. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Central Information, Central Maintenance, Fault Isolation, Recording and Data Management Page 328."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the FR (Flight Recorder) start recording flight data and audio? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Parking brake release. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flight crew enters the origin airport during preflight. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the cockpit voice recorder (CVR) ERASE button. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where does the flight compartment printer get print requests? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "UMD (Universal Maintenance Device), MFD (Multi Function Display)s, EFB (Electronic Flight Bag) system. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only EFB (Electronic Flight Bag) system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Head Up Display (HUD)s",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-33-00-00A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many remote light sensors (RLS) are there? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-00A-042B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many positions does the HUD (Head-Up Display) combiner have? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stowed, Deployed and Breakaway. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stowed and Deployed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stowed and Breakaway. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-82A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the CBIC (Circuit Breaker Indication and Control) functions? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gives control and indications for ECB (Electronic Circuit Breaker)s. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gives control and indications for TCB (Thermal Circuit Breaker)s. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gives control and indications for ECB (Electronic Circuit Breaker)s and indications for TCB (Thermal Circuit Breaker)s. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC`-B787-A-31-61-00-41A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of display and crew alert function ( DCAF ) ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Getting and processing aircraft system and crew input data, then making the graphic commands and sending them to HDDs and HUDs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Getting and processing aircraft system and crew input data, then making the display commands and sending them to graphics generators. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Getting and processing aircraft system and crew input data, then making the display commands and sending them to EICAS. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 336 of Airplane General - Introduction Book 1 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many outputs does each graphics generator have ? ( B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the clock display ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On auxiliary display of PFD. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On auxiliary display of ND. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On status page . ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Flight crews and maintenance personel use CCD ( Cursor Control Device ) to control the cursor and make a selections on: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either captain or FO side HDDs and EFB DUs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Onside inboard HDD, onside part of lower HDD and onside EFB DU. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Onside HUDs and EFB DUs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-09A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The EFIS(Electronic Flight Instrument System )/DSP(Display Select Panel) has this control for the NDs( Navigation Display ):(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ND mode selector,range selector and map switches. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ND mode selector,EICAStransfer switch and map switches. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ND mode selector,EICAStransfer switch and meters switch. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-79A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What shows on the HUD combiners when it is not in the correct deployed position ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It shows blank. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OFF HUD. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ALIGN HUD. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-82A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of RLS (Remote Light Sensor)?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RLS (Remote Light Sensor) sends an ambient light analog signalto the CDN (Common Data Network) for automatic brightness control of the HDD (Head-Down Display). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RLS (Remote Light Sensor) sends an ambient light analog signal to the CDN (Common Data Network) for automatic indication of the HDD (Head-Down Display). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both a and b are correct. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-12A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If one GG (Graphics generator ) failed, how many displays can show data?: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The alternate EFIS (Electronic Flight Instrument System)/DSP (Display Select Panel) function is used for: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control all the switches on the captain and first officer EFIS (Electronic Flight Instrument System)/DSP (Display Select Panel) except for the cursor control selector. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control all the switches on the captain and first officer EFIS (Electronic Flight Instrument System)/DSP (Display Select Panel) and the cursor control selector. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control some switches on the captain and first officer EFIS (Electronic Flight Instrument System)/DSP (Display Select Panel) except for the cursor control selector. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-39A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to get access to CMCF(Central Maintenance Computing Function).?: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Using MFD (Multi Function Display) or ML (maintenance laptop). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Using MFD (Multi Function Display) , ML (maintenance laptop) or EFB (Electronic Flight Bag). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Using only MFD. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-55A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of messages on EICAS (Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System) display are crew alerting messages ?:(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Caution, comm and memo message. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warning, caution and advisory message. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warning, caution, memo and advisory message. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-23A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If there is a status message, can we dispatch the aircraft ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We must clear the message before dispatching the aircraft. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We must clear the message or defer the fault condition in accordance with MMEL before dispatching the aircraft. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We must defer the fault condition in accordance with MMEL before dispatching the aircraft. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-37A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many flight recorders are there in the FRS (Flight Recorder System)? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What data is recorded and stored in flight recorder? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight parameters, flight compartment audio and datalink messages. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Last 20 hours of flight parameters. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight parameters and flight compartment audio . ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-11A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "DCAF (Display and Crew Alerting Function) makes alerts and then send data to: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Graphic generators - for display on the PDS (Primary Display System) and Master warning and caution lights. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Graphic generators - for display on the PDS (Primary Display System), ACP (Audio Control Panel) - to make aural alerts and Master warning and caution lights. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Graphic generators - for display on the PDS (Primary Display System), ACP (Audio Control Panel) - to make aural alerts. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-51-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the stick shaker actuators cause the control columns to shake?: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the airplane is near the stall condition. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When Engine fire is detected. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When APU fire is detected ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-51-00-05A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To download of cockpit voice data from the FR (Flight Recorder) we can: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Download data from the forward FR using airplane network ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Download data directly from the aft FR using J4 connection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Download data from the forward FR and the aft FR in the shop ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The DCAF (Display and Crew Alerting Function) uses the nose gear pressure transducer signals to : (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a check of the nose gear cylinder pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a check of the stabilizer green band position calculation ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a check of the Air/Ground mode calculation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-51-00-02A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When getting more than 1 input, how does the printer work ?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The request from CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) will be printed first,followed by DCMF(Data Communication Management Function), ACMF (Airplane Condition Monitoring Function), and EFB (Electronic Flight Bag). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The request from DCMF(Data Communication Management Function) will be printed first,followed by CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function), ACMF (Airplane Condition Monitoring Function), and EFB (Electronic Flight Bag). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The request from ACMF (Airplane Condition Monitoring Function) will be printed first,followed by CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function), DCMF(Data Communication Management Function), and EFB (Electronic Flight Bag). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-33-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do master warning lights or master caution lights go off after coming on? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When you push the aural cancel switch or the warning/caution condition goes away. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only when the warning/caution condition goes away. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When you push the master/caution switch or the warning/caution condition goes away. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-31-51-00-03A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 32: LANDING GEAR",
        "ch": "How do you close main landing gear doors with only one 90 KVA EP? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cannot close main landing gear doors. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close 2 main landing gear doors at the same time. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close each main landing gear doors at a time to prevent overload. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-00-40-00A-740A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many proximity sensing data concentrators are there for the landing gear system? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-08-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What components give Air/Ground data? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Truck tilt sensors and strut compressed sensors. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Truck tow sensors and strut compressed sensors. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WOW load sensors. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-09-00-03A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of Volt to control all landing gear valves? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "12V DC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28V DC. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "40V DC. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-31-00-00A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are(is) control landing gear control system sequencing? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The landing gear actuation and nose wheel steering (LGA/NWS) control function in the common core system (CCS). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control proximity sensors. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing gear control lever module. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-31-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which brake system components control brake system operation? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric brake actuator controllers (EBAC). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake system control unit (BSCU). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric brake power supply units (EBPSU). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-40-00-04A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which components calculate antiskid command? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main landing gear axle remote data concentrators. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose landing gear axle remote data concentrators. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake System Control Unit (BSCU). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-40-00-05A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which inputs does the nose landing gear actuation/nose wheel steering (LGA/NWS) software function use to calculate nose wheel steering position commands? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain & F/O Tiller position and Rudder pedal position. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NWS position from NWS position transducer module. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tow lever position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-51-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Push the Rudder pedal disconnect switch on nose wheel steering (NWS) tiller module (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Permits a test of rudder movement without nose wheel movement. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To disconnect mechanical links between rudder pedals and tillers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To disconnect tillers position input. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-51-00-02A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many sensors do tail strike system have (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 sensor. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 sensors. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No sensor because it is open/short circuit. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-71-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "On EICAS, at landing gear position display area there is only one box with DOWN inside. It means (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One main landing gear is extended and locked. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only nose landing gear is extended and locked. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All landing gears are extended and locked. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-61-00-10A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which page is used to check if gear doors are closed? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door synoptic page. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gear synoptic page. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Status page. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-61-00-10A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you check brakes for wear? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gear synoptic page. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing Gear Brakes Maintenance Page and Brake wear indicator pins. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check Brake wear indicator pins only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-45-07-01B-300C-A."
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 33: LIGHTS",
        "ch": "What kinds of signal does the passenger signs control panel is on the P5 overhead panel will control: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Chime and Signs ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only single chime ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only SignS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights – Passenger Compartment, page 220"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which types of galley lights can show different colors? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Area lights in the ceiling panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Work lights in the galley insert ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Neither Area lights nor Work lights ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: DMC-B787-A-33-27-00-07A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For the cargo loading lights to operate, which position of the forward cargo door must be: ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It In Closed position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In Up position (fully open) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not in closed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: DMC-B787-A-33-37-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If airplane power fails, what is the lights can automatically get power from batteries? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WELS ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Service lights ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "information signs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Emergency Lights, page 276/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the PRIME wireless emergency lighting system (WELS) control units? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime units are above 4 of the passenger doors ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime units are in FWD and AFT EE bay ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime units are above ceiling of CABIN ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref :DMC-B787-A-33-51-07-01A-520A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which Prime WELS control units is the master prime unit? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime unit above door 1L ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime unit above door 3L ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime unit above door 4R ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: DMC-B787-A-33-51-00-16A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is control the master brightness control function? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A hosted application in the core network system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A hosted application in the CCR ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A hosted application in the CSS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Flight Compartment, PAGE 156/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the white dot above a switch show? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lights that are controlled by the MASTER BRIGHT switch ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lights that are controlled by the DOME switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lights that are controlled by the STORM switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Anti-collision and Logo Lights ,page 156/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to control the lights inside forward cargo compartment? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "controlled by switches located inside and outside the cargo door ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatic controlled by Application software in CCR ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Controlled by switches located in P40 panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: DMC-B787-A-33-37-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to Rekey the WELS ?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By CMCF ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By manually ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "contact the manufacture ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref :DMC-B787-A-33-51-07-05A-110B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of The forward and rear position lights show? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "position, attitude, and direction of flight of the airplane ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "forward direction ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the location of the aft end of the airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: DMC-B787-A-33-43-00-02A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The power supply for logo light from RPDU is: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28 VDC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115VAC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115VDC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: SSM DMC-B787-A-33-45-11-01A-054A-D,Sheet 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kinds of the cargo compartment exterior lights are? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "halogen-type bulbs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LED light ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "high intensity discharge (HID) type ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Cargo Lights ,page 338"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which light will get power from same source with the wing landing lights (from triple channel power supply) ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "nose landing gear taxi light ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "runway turnoff light ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "wing illumination light ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Wing Illumination ,page 394"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How are the annunciator lights controlled? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each system controls its annunciator lights ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSS (Cabin Services System) software ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A panel lighting hosted function in CCR ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Exterior Passenger Door Viewing, page 310/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the power from PSM (passenger services module) supply for the information sign? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115VAC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28Vdc ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115VDC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Passenger Compartment ,page 217/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How long the WBU must replacement? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "05 year replacement schedule ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "04 year replacement schedule ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "03 year replacement schedule ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Emergency Lights ,page 299/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which WCU communicates with the CDN ?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "only the master prime WCU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all 4 prime WCU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime WCU at door 1L and door 3L ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Emergency Lights ,Page 299/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If you operate the EMER LIGHTS TEST switch on the master attendant panel then: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EMER LIGHTS switch on the P5 panel must be OFF and the GND TEST switch set to the ENABLE position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EMER LIGHTS switch on the P5 panel must be ARM and the GND TEST switch set to the ENABLE position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No action require ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Emergency Lights ,page 303/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is The exterior lights get power from the emergency lighting system ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "passenger door viewing lights ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "wing lights ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no exterior lights get power from the emergency lighting system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Exterior Passenger Door Viewing ,page 310/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What’s purpose of transformer inside the cargo loading lights? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The transformer gets 115v ac from RPDUs. The transformer gives 12v ac to the lights ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The transformer gets 115v ac from RPDUs. The transformer gives 28v ac to the lights ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The transformer gets 115v ac from RPDUs. The transformer gives 28v dc to the lights ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Cargo Lights ,page 346/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FLOOR LIGHTS switch on the P8 panel controls has: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BRT, DIM, and OFF positions. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BRT and OFF positions. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BRT, ON and OFF positions. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Cargo Lights ,page 176/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the software control the cabin lights ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In CSS ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In CCR ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In CAP ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Cargo Lights ,page 188/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the triple power supply located? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At FWD EE bay ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the onside wing leading edge ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At aft cargo compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Cargo Lights, page 406/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For controllingthe lighting systems, B787 use:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The airplane CDN (Common Data Network) and software ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The dimmer control units (DCU) and relays related ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CSSC(Cabin Service System Controller) and cabin attendant panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-00-00-00A-018A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The B787 lighting systems use HID (High Intensity Discharge) bulbs for ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fflight deck light ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin compartment light ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Exterior lights ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-00-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How are the annunciator lights controlled?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each system controls its annunciator lights ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSS (Cabin Services System) software ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A panel lighting hosted function in CCR ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-10-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which light in flight compartment contain an emergency dome light (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "first officer's aft and the pilot's forward dome lights ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "first officer's forward and the pilot's forward dome lights ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "First officer's forward and the pilot's aft dome lights ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-11-00-02A-320A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The service lights give light for maintenance and servicing, the service lights in which areas are the same? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In Main Landing Gear wheel and in Forward main equipment ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In Forward main equipment and at the refuel control panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "at the refuel control panel and in Main Landing Gear wheel well ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-31-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The interior cargo compartment lights are : (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the cargo compartment sidewall. The lights are the same in all the cargo compartments ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the cargo compartment ceiling. The lights are the same in all the cargo compartments ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the cargo compartment ceiling. The lights are difference in all the cargo compartments ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-37-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In which position light, when an LED (Light Emitting Diode) fails, you must change the LED (Light Emitting Diode) module assembly with lens. (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward position lights ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The rear position lights ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The tailcone position lights ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-43-00-01A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the lighting panel on cockpit, to control the white anti-collision lights(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the STROBE switch ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use the BEACON switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "use the NAV switch ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-44-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "All the emergency lights come on when this conditions(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The emergency light switch on the P5 panel is in the ARMED position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A test is done from the master attendant switch panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The emergency light switch on the P5 panel is in the TEST position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-50-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The 2 emergency egress lights use LED (Light Emitting Diode)s and show what colour(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "white ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-50-00-01A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the taxi light come on ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the NLG (Nose Landing Gear) landing light switch or the NLG (Nose Landing Gear) taxi light switch is on if the flaps are fully extended. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the NLG (Nose Landing Gear) landing light switch or the NLG (Nose Landing Gear) taxi light switch is on if the MLG (Main Landing Gear) is compressed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the NLG (Nose Landing Gear) landing light switch or the NLG (Nose Landing Gear) taxi light switch is on if the NLG (Nose Landing Gear) is down and locked. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-42-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the components of position light system ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red forward position light on the right wing tip, green forward position light on the left wing tip, white rear position lights and white tailcone position lights. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green forward position light on the right wing tip, red forward position light on the left wing tip, white rear position lights and white tailcone position lights. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Red forward position light on the right wing tip, green forward position light on the left wing tip, white rear position lights. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-33-43-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 34: NAVIGATION",
        "ch": "How do the flight control modules (FCMs) make voted data reference functions (ADRF) data (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Average value selection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mid-value selection ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lowest value selection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 38 of 460"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The air data reference system (ADRS) uses its components and software functions to calculate airplane parameter such as(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airspeed, Barometric altitude and Temperature. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Temperature. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airspeed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:Page 6 of Navigation Systems - Avionics Book 3 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The static ports are: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "not heated. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "heated. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Heated by hot air. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-11-00-03A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Non-normal failure indications for the air data reference system (ADRS) show as: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Failure flags (amber) on the primary flight display (PFD), Failure flags (green) on the head-up display (HUD) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Failure flags (green) on the primary flight display (PFD), ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Failure flags (amber) on the head-up display (HUD) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-12-00-06A-110A-A and Page 16 of Navigation Systems - Avionics Book 3 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CMCF ground test lets you do tests of the: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air data system only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Total air temperature system only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air data system, Total air temperature system and Heaters. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:Page 16 of Navigation Systems - Avionics Book 3 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The earth reference system (ERS) calculates these primary inertial parameters for: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude, Heading, Velocity, Position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Velocity, Position only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-21-00-00A-018A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The element colors of TCAS/ATC Antenna are: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow, Black, Blue, Red. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Blue, Red. White, Black ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Blue, Red. White, Brown ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 302 of Navigation Systems - Avionics Book 3 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The TAT probe is on: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left side of the forward fuselage. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The right side of the forward fuselage. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left side of the aft fuselage. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 12 of Navigation Systems - Avionics Book 3 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The TAT probe has an: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The internal 110v ac heater to prevent ice. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The internal 115v ac heater to prevent ice. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The internal 125v ac heater to prevent ice. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-12-00-03A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The TAT data shows on: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EICAS. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The head-up diplay. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The MCDU. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 28 of Navigation Systems - Avionics Book 3 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ERS components are in: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fwd EE bay ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aft EE bay ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The mid EE bay ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-21-00-00A-055C-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the ADRF (Air Data Reference Function) located? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the FCE (Flight Control Electronics) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the CCR (Common Computing Resource) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ERS (Earth Reference System) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-12-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When aligning ERS Earth Reference System, If a GPS position is received, the POS INIT page on the CDU will? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Display boxes in the SET INERTIAL POSITION line ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Display dashes in the SET INERTIAL POSITION line ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Display blank in the SET INERTIAL POSITION line ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-21-00-00A-272A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When replace the IRU (Inertial Reference Unit) or AHRU (Attitude and Heading Reference Unit) we must note: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace the IRU (or AHRU) and the related APM (Airplane Personality Module) at the same time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace the IRU (or AHRU) when there is a related APM (Airplane Personality Module) maintenance message ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not replace the IRU (or AHRU) and the related APM (Airplane Personality Module) at the same time ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-21-00-04A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A function of the ISS (Integrated Surveillance System) is : (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Approach and landing guidance ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FMF (Flight Management Function ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WXR (Weather Radar) with PWS (Predictive Windshear System) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-42-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The MB (Marker Beacon) function operates in : (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left INR (Integrated Navigation Radio) receiver ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right INR (Integrated Navigation Radio) receiver ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left ISSPU (Integrated Surveillance System Processor Unit) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-31-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To load software into the INR (Integrated Navigation Radio) receiver, you should: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Load software when the INR receiver is on the airplane ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Load software when the INR receiver is in the shop ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cannot load software for the INR receiver (have no softwre to load) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-31-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During inspection of the Low Range Radio Altimeter (LRRA) antenna, if connector nuts have no corrosion but there is corrosion on the surface of the antenna connector and the backplate: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace the antenna immediately ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not replace the antenna ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace the antenna after 03 flight day ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-33-02-00A-280A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What data will be sent to the ground station by The ATC (Air Traffic Control) function ( after decoding interrogation signals) : (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft Radio Altitude or Identifier Data ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft Bearing Data or Identifier Data ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft Barometric Altitude or Identifier Data ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-42-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which condition make the PWS (Predictive Windshear System) goes off: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The airplane descends below 2300 feet radio altitude ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airplane is on the ground and an engine goes to takeoff thrust ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The airplane climbs above 2300 feet radio altitude ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-42-00-13A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The DME (Distance Measuring Equipment) interrogators send and receive RF (Radio Frequency) signals through:(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The On-side DME Antenna ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Off-side DME Antenna ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Both DME Antenna ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-55-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many copies of the Flight Management Function software in the CCR (Common Computing Resource) cabinets (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are Two copies: One in Left CCR, One in Right CCR ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are Three copies: Two in Left CCR, One in Right CCR ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are Three copies: One in Left CCR, Two in Right CCR ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When Use the MKP (Multifunction Keypad) to enter the Drag Factor and Fuel Flow Factor values, you should note: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Drag-only entries may be entered with or without a slash preceding ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Drag and fuel flow values must be separated by a slash ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel Flow values must be followed by a slash ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-61-00-09A-110B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which probes/sensors send analog signal directly to ACE (Actuator Control Electronics)?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TAT probe. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left and right AOA sensors. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center pitot probe. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-12-00-04A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does ADRF (Air Data Reference Function) calculate air temperature ?:(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the ground the ADRF uses CAC (Cabin Air Compressor) inlet temperature in air temperature calculations. In the air the ADRF (Air Data Reference Function) uses the average temperature from the 2 TAT sensor elements and the engine inlet air temperature sensors in air temperature calculations. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the air the ADRF uses CAC (Cabin Air Compressor) inlet temperature in air temperature calculations ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the ground the ADRF (Air Data Reference Function) uses the average temperature from the 2 TAT sensor elements and the engine inlet air temperature sensors in air temperature calculations. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-12-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does ADRF (Air Data Reference Function) calculate the total pressure?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each ADRF gets data from the 3 pitot ADM (Air Data Module)s, then takes the first pitot ADM data input for calculation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each ADRF gets data from the 3 pitot ADM (Air Data Module)s,then takes the middle value of the 3 pitot ADM inputs for calculation. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each ADRF gets data from the 3 pitot ADM (Air Data Module)s,then takes the highest value of the 3 pitot ADM inputs for calculation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-12-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is the ILS (Instrument Landing System)/GLS (GNSS Landing System) function tuned?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It can be tuned automatically by the INR (Integrated Navigation Radio),manually tuned by using the navigation radio page on the CDU (Control Display Unit) or using the ALTN NAV page on the TCP (Tuning Control Panel). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It can be tuned automatically by the FMF (Flight Management Function),manually tuned by using the navigation radio page on the CDU (Control Display Unit) or using the ALTN NAV page on the TCP (Tuning Control Panel). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It can be tuned automatically by the FMF (Flight Management Function),manually tuned by using the navigation radio page on the CDU (Control Display Unit). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-31-00-10A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of the compensation screws of standby magnetic compass ?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To correct for magnetic deviations caused by electric currents in the flight deck. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To adjust the position of the standby magnetic compass. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To adjust the intergrated light in the standby magnetic compass. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-23-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When at least 1 IRS (Inertial Reference System) switch is ON and the ERS (Earth Reference System) is in the ALIGN mode, where can you see the time remaining for the ERS alignment?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TIME TO ALIGN (in minutes) on the MFD(Multifunction Display). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TIME TO ALIGN(in minutes) on the HUD (Head Up Display). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TIME TO ALIGN(in minutes) on the PFD (Primary Flight Display) mini-map. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-21-00-06A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component send the localizer and glideslope data to the ISFD (Integrated Standby Flight Display)?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The right INR (Integrated Navigation Radio). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left INR (Integrated Navigation Radio). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both of left and right INR (Integrated Navigation Radio). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-24-00-06A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the ISFD (Integrated Standby Flight Display) get 28VDC power ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Directly from hot battery bus . ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Directly from captain instrument bus. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From FCE (Flight Control Electronics) C1. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-24-00-06A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the VOR (VHF Omnidirectional Range) function in The INR (Integrated Navigation Radio) ?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It calculates the magnetic heading of the airplane from the ground station and finds the station identifier signals. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It calculates the magnetic bearing of the airplane from the ground station and finds the station identifier signals. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It calculates the relative bearing of the airplane from the ground station and finds the station identifier signals. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-31-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you manually control the WXR (Weather Radar) tilt angle? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select weather radar page on TCP (Tuning Control Panel), use TILT CTRL switch to select MAN to manually control the tilt angle. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The control of WXR (Weather Radar) tilt angle from ISSPU (Integrated Surveillance System Processor Unit) is completely automatic. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By using the WXR control panel on P8 panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-42-00-11A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of TCAS/ATC antenna relays? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To connect the antenna to RPDU (Remote Power Distribution Unit). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To control the transmitting the interrogation signals and receiving the reply signals ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To connect either the left or right ISSPU (Integrated Surveillance System Processor Unit) to the TCAS (Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System)/ATC (Air Traffic Control) antennas. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-42-00-05A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When there is a terrain conflict threat, what message shows on the ND (Navigation Display) and PFD (Primary Flight Display) mini-map?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TERRAIN shows in red. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TERRAIN shows in red if the alert is a warning and shows amber if the alert is a caution. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TERR POS shows in red. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-34-42-00-15A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 35: OXYGEN",
        "ch": "The Crew oxygen pressure indication on EICAS is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Highest pressure of the transducers on the 2 cylinders. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lowest pressure of the transducers on the 2 cylinders. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Average pressure of the transducers on the 2 cylinders. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 227."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Crew Oxygen Minimum Dispatch Pressure data is resided in: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AMM ATA 12. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AMM ATA 35. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Crew Operations Manual (FCOM). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-35-11-00-14A-320A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The crew oxygen cylinders are made of: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stainless steel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Titanium. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Graphite composite. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 194."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Crew oxygen cylinder is located: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At right side of forward electronic equipment center. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In aft electronic equipment center. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight deck. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 194."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many crew oxygen masks are installed on aircraft? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 218."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the green overboard discharge indicator disc is gone, it shows: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Leaks in the tubing. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Over pressure conditions. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A normal oxygen cylinder condition. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-35-11-00-05A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The passenger oxygen system uses gaseous oxygen: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From chemical oxygen generator. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From crew oxygen cylinder. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From single-use pressurized oxygen cylinders. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 234."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is purpose of a small hole in the high pressure manifold? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual indication of cylinder leakage. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual indication of over pressure discharge. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual indication of normal condition. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 236."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many ways are there to activate the passengeroxygen system?(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook,page 256."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the BIT is complete, LEDs under oxygen PSU door is ON, it shows: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A board failure. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A cable test failure. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The BIT successfully passed the test. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 256."
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 38: WATER/WASTE",
        "ch": "In the potable water system, The fill-supply valve is located at: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward cargo compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ceiling between the waste tanks ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft cargo compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 256 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Potable Water Flow Orifice is on: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right potable water tank ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left potable water tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ceiling between the waste tanks ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 260 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the potable water system, the 2 pumps get power from: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115v ac main bus through remote power distribution units (RPDU) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "235v ac main bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28v dc main buses through remote power distribution units (RPDU) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 228 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the vent/overflow valve in the overflow position? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In normal operation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During servicing ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During drain mode ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 284 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the service panel, what selections do you make to flush the potable water system? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select MAINT and FILL at the same time ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select FILL ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select MAINT and DRAIN at the same time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 309 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ultraviolet (UV) water treatment module gets power from: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L 115v ac main bus through remote power distribution unit. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "R 115v ac main bus through remote power distribution unit. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hot battery bus. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 244."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The fill/drain valve is a motor-operated valve (MOV): (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It opens to fill the tanks during servicing. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It closes during flush operation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It opens to fill, drain, and flush operation. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 248."
    },
    {
        "ch": "During fill operations, you select FILL on the service panel: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fill/drain valve opens immediately. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fill/drain valve closed immediately. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fill/drain valve opens after delayed time for the ultraviolet (UV) treatment module to warm up. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 248."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Two potable water tanks are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurized carbon fiber water tanks. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Unpressurized carbon fiber water tanks. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "carbon fiber water tanks. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 264."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The water quantity data is displayed at: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin attendant panel (CAP) and maintenance page. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The potable water service panel and maintenance page. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin attendant panel (CAP) and the potable water service panel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 268."
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are 2 water pumps supply pressure to the water in the potable water recirculation system: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pumps alternate operation each time the system is serviced. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only one pump operates during system drain operations. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both pumps operate during system flush operations. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 272."
    },
    {
        "ch": "In Maintenance Fill mode: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The system does not automatically switch to FLIGHT mode. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The amber UV DELAY indication comes on for 80 seconds. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The vent-overflow valve overflow port closed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 308."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Waste material is moved from the lavatories and galleys to waste tanks: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By differential pressure between the cabin and ambient air in flight (above 4,000 feet). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By differential pressure between the cabin and ambient air in flight (above 5,000 feet). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By differential pressure between the cabin and ambient air in flight (above 6,000 feet). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 318."
    },
    {
        "ch": "During ground maintenance, to open flush valve: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push and hold flush switch. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the maintenance switch 2 times quickly. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push and release the maintenance switch. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 326."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which sensor senses for waste tank full status? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste tank point level sensor. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste tank continuous level sensor. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Point level sensor is primary, continuous level sensor is backup if the point level sensor fails. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 390."
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 42: INTEGRATED MODULAR AVIONICS",
        "ch": "Where is location of CCR (Common Computing Resource) cabinets? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the aft equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the forward equipment center ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the forward crown area ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-00A-055C-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many channels does each RDC (Remote Data Concentrator) have (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "tree ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-09A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many ARS(ARINC 664 network remote switch) are there in CCS (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-16A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many ACS (ARINC 664 network cabinet switch) are there in CCS (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-15A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Usual cooling for each common computing resource (CCR) cabinet is from (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The forward electronic equipment (E/E) cooling system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The common computing resource (CCR) cabinet fan and valve assembly ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aft electronic equipment (E/E) cooling system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-06A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The common computing resource (CCR) cabinet fan and valve assembly get power from ( B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the General Processing Module (GPM) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the power conditioning modules (PCM) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Remote Power Distribution Unit (RPDU) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-06A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are 2 startup modes for the CCS : (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "uninhibited and inhibited modes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "unattended and attended modes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "primary and secondary modes ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CCS will start in the inhibited mode under the following circumstances:(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is in the air; Fuel cutoff switches are in not cutoff position; No fuel cutoff switch data is available ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane on the ground; Fuel cutoff switches are in cutoff position; one fuel cutoff switch data is available ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is not in the air; one Fuel cutoff switche is in not cutoff position; fuel cutoff switches data are available ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Some components have a direct connection with the CDN ( do not connect to the RDCs). Where can you see the status of these connections: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CDN LRU maintenance pages ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CCS/CDN status page ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CCS RDC'S maintenance pages ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-10A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are 3 CDN LRU maintenance pages, These pages show: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The status of the line replaceable units ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The status of the interface connections ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The status of components in the CCR ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-12A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can we dispath B787 with an inoperative Remote Data Concentrator (RDC)?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, if An inoperative RDC installed into the RDC 19 position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, If An inoperative RDC not installed into the RDC 19 position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, due to the CCS RDCs are different and not interchangeable ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-00-00-06A-721B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Only power down one CCR cabinet at a time to : (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "keep a copy of the circuit breaker data in the other CCR cabinet intact ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "keep a copy of the ACMF fault history data in the other CCR cabinet ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "keep the airplane config data contend in GPMs L1, L4 and R1 off CCR ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-01-00A-520A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which modules in the CCR (Common Computing Resource) cabinet are not part of CCS (Common Core System) : (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 PCMs (Power Conditioning Module) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 GGs (Graphics Generators) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 FOX (Fiber Optic translator Module) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:Page240 of Airplane General - Introduction Book 1 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of FOX ?(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Changing electrical data to fiber optic data and vice versa. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Contain application software and doing some aircraft data calculation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Upgrade application software. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-05A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of connection does the ACS (ARINC 664 network cabinet switch) have: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical connection to GPMs and FOXs. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical connection to GPMs and fiber optic connection to FOXs . ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical connection to GPMs and ARS. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-15A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do the RDC channels connect to network switch channels ? : (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RDC Channel A and B respectively connect to network switch channel A and B. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each of RDC channel A and B connect to both network switch channel A and B. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only RDC channel A connect to both network switch channel A and B. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-42-21-00-09A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 44: CABIN SYSTEM",
        "ch": "How does the Cabin Service System Controller (CSSC) transmit Control data and digital audio signal ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The signal from the CSSC go to each of the CZU (Cabin Zone Unit)s simultaneously and then back to the CSSC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The signal from the CSSC go to each of the CZU (Cabin Zone Unit)s in sequence and then back again to the CSSC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The signal from the CCR cabinet go to CSSC and go to each of the CZUs in sequence then back to the CCR cabinnet ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the CSSC (Cabin Service System Controller) fails; Cabin Ready, Cabin Alert and Cabin Call discrete signals will (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "go directly to the CDN through a RDC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "go directly to the CDN through a ACS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can not go to the CDN through a RDC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Orange LED (Light Emitting Diode) in front panel of CSSC (Cabin Service System Controller) is (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSSC fault status monitor indication ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSSC power monitor indication ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LAN (Local Area Network) monitor indication ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-01A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FDH (Flight Deck Handset) connects to Which CZU (Cabin Zone Unit) ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connect to CZU in all three zone ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connect to CZU in the forward zone ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not Connect to any Cabin Zone Unit ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "in Cabin Core Systems , how the PSM (Passenger Service Module)s in a zone connect? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "usually connect together in left, right, and center columns; A termination connects to the last PSM in a column ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "usually connect together in left, right, and center seat row ; A termination connects to the last PSM in a seat row ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "usually connect to Cabin Zone Unit in sequence ; A termination connects to the last Passenger Service Module in a column ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to get access to the CLB (Cabin Logbook) screen ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Get to Cabin Attendant Panel/ MAIN MENU/ CABIN APPLICATIONS ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Get to Cabin Attendant Panel/ MAIN MENU/ MAINTENANCE ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Get to Electronic Flight bag / MAIN MENU/ CABIN APPLICATIONS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-09A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to return to the CAP (Cabin Attendant Panel) screen when have A pop-up window show? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must push RETURN to remove a pop-up window ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must touch CLEAR to remove a pop-up window ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must clear the fault relate to a pop-up window ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-06A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How the announcement priorities data arrange from the highest to lowest( stored in the speaker drive module): (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight interphone announcement - Recorded digital audio - Handset announcement ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Recorded digital audio - Flight interphone announcement - Handset announcement ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight interphone announcement - Handset announcement – Recorded digital audio ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-07A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ground crew call horn on the right side in the nose wheel well will comes on when: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Equipment cooling failure or ERS is on battery power ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ENG fire or ERS is on External power ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU fire and Equipment cooling failure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-43-00-02A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CSS (Cabin Service System) system test makes sure that the passenger-to-attendant call function of the CSS operates correctly, it includes: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSS - All Test and Passenger-to-Attendant Call Test ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Quick Test and All Test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSS Quick Test and CSS Input/Output (I/O) Monitor test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-11-00-00A-300B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is The CSSC(Cabin Service System controler) located ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the cabin Door 1L ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the E2-2 electronics equipment rack ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the E3-2 electronics equipment rack ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-11-50-00A-520A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is necessary to be changed when the cabin configuration changes occur ? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The database of CZU (Cabin Zone Unit). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The database of CSSC(Cabin Service System controller). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The database of CAP (Cabin Attendant Panel). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-01A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component changes digital audio to analog signals that operate the cabin speakers ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSSC(Cabin Service System controller). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDM(Speaker Drive Module). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CZU(Cabin Zone Unit). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-03A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the highest priority for the PA(Passenger Address) audio ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Recorded digital audio. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attendant announcement using handset. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight crew announcements using ACP ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-07A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you use the FDH (Flight Deck Handset) to make the ground crew call, how does the data go to the CSSC (Cabin Service System controller) ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The data goes through an RDC (Remote Data Concentrator) to the CDN (Common Data Network),then goes to CSSC(Cabin Service System controller). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The data goes to CSSC(Cabin Service System controller) through forward CZU(Cabin Zone Unit). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The data goes directly to the CDN (Common Data Network),then goes to CSSC(Cabin Service System controller). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-43-00-01A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During Do the BITE test of the IFES, on the SYSTEM SUMMARY screen, the indicator lights in the BITE Failure column are green and show a zero value mean: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LRU BITE passed ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LRU BITE failure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LRU BITE in progress ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-26-00-76A-343A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do the Reading light and attendant call inputs from passengers go to the CSSC (Cabin Service System Controller).(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Go through the CDN (Common Data Network) to the CSSC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Go through the IFE (In-Flight Entertainment) system to the CSSC ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Go through the CZU (Cabin Zone Unit)s to the CSSC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-10-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is The DSU‐D4 (Digital Server Unit-D4 ) on the In-Flight Entertainment system located (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the E2 rack in the forward EE bay ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the E4 rack in the Aft EE bay ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ON the IFE areas at Door 2L ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-44-26-02-02A-520A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the location of the Seat Data Box (SDB) on the seat group.(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the last column in seat group ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Changes with the seat manufacturer and the seat model ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always on the first seat in seat group ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 45: CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM",
        "ch": "Scheduled maintenance tasks (SMT) show when: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Time limit occurs in a system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Time or cycle limit occurs in a system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle limit occurs in a system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 154 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Inbound flight deck effects page shows: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All existing flight deck effects ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All correlated MMs stored in the present flight leg ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Faults for the current flight leg ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 172 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "These are necessary to correlate a MM to a MO: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FDE and MM must be active or latched at the same time; FDE and MM must match on the CMCF FDE/MM table ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Specific airplane systems send time interval data to CMCF, SMT and MM must match on the CMCF SMT/MM table ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fault tolerant airplane system has not generated a FDE, MO and MM must match on the CMCF MO/MM table ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 155 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Correlated Maintenance Messages (MM) with the Maintenance Memo (MO) can show in main CMCF menu: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Existing Flight Deck Effects ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inbound flight deck effects ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Present Leg Faults ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 156 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The electronic flight bag (EFB) display unit (DU) gives you access to menu to do maintenance: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Document library (DOCUMENTS) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane functions ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Toolbox remote ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 162 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does The CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) operate ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One CMCF on ML and one CMCF can operates at a time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maximum three CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) can operates at a time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only one CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) operates at a time ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) menu and screens show on the component: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ML (Maintenance Laptop) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD (Primary Flight Display) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Head-up Display. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) has logic that uses P5 GND TEST selector switch position, the position are: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OFF, ENABLE, DATA LOAD/ENABLE ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NORM, DATA LOAD, DATA LOAD/ENABLE ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NORM, ENABLE, DATA LOAD/ENABLE ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) is a software part off which component on CCR (Common Computing Resource) cabinets (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GG (Graphic Generator) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCM (Power Conditioning module) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GPM (General processor module) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to load the CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) application and/or LSAP (Loadable Software Airplane Part) to the correct GPM (General Processing Module)??(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the OSM (Onboard Storage Management) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the ODLF (Onboard Data Load Function) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the SMT (Software Maintenance Tool) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Airplane is on the ground, flight leg transition is enabled, The CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) transitions the present flight leg to previous flight leg when: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine starts or both engines are running and the last door transitions from open to closed. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both engines are off and the last door transitions from open to closed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One engines are running and the last door transitions from manual to auto. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the Non-correlated MM (Maintenance Message)s ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MMs are those messages that relate to a FDE (Flight Deck Effect),or MO (Maintenance Memo), or SMT (Scheduled Maintenance Task )? ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MM s are those messages that do not relate to a FDE (Flight Deck Effect), or MO (Maintenance Memo), or SMT (Scheduled Maintenance Task) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MM (Maintenance Message)s that do not occur during a storable flight phase store in SRAM (Static Random Access Memory) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-08A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the main CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) menus, Where can you find the Non-correlated MM (Maintenance Message)s (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Present leg faults ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inbound flight deck effects ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Existing Flight Deck Effects ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-10A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Three activities of a MM (Maintenance Message) are : Active ,Latched, Not Active. The MM shows Not Active if (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System always monitors for faults and a fault is present ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System finds a fault and does not continue to use the related equipment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System always monitors for a fault and a fault does not remain ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-27A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) shows an FDE (Flight Deck Effect) as one of these : Active ,Latched, Not Active. A latched FDE (Flight Deck Effect) is: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "an FDE (Flight Deck Effect) that currently shows in the flight deck ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a status message or a SMT (Scheduled Maintenance Task) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "an FDE (Flight Deck Effect) that no longer shows on the flight deck ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-17A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The conditions that cause the CMCF (Central Maintenance Computing Function) to change to Maintenance flight phases(MT) are: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane is in the air and P5 GND TEST switch is in “ENABLE” or “DATA LOAD/ENABLE” position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The “DISABLE” is selected on the maintenance enable/disable dialog box of the CMCF display ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The “ENGINE BALANCING” is selected on the CMCF display ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-07A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "One of software components necessary for the ACMF (Airplane Condition Monitoring Function) operation are: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LDI (Loadable Diagnostic Information) database ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AMI (Airline Modifiable Information) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DFDAF (Digital Flight Data Acquisition Function) partition ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-12-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To use the Onboard Data Load Function (ODLF) and the Ground Test function on the maintenance laptop, the type of Wireless Connection must be : (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wireless Initial Connection or Wired Connection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wireless Limited Connection or Wired Connection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wireless Full Connection or Wired Connection ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-13-00-01A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many Ethernet ports on the airplane for maintenance laptop connection? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three: in the flight deck, forward EE Bay, and aft EE Bay ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two : in the flight deck and aft EE Bay ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three: in the flight deck, Cabin, and APU compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-13-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many maximum number of connection that maintenance laptop can connect at the same time ? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three for wireless connections, two for wired connections ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three for wired connections, four for wireless connections ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two for wired connections, One for wireless connections ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-13-00-01A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which devices can you use to install LSAP (Loadable Software Airplane Part) ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maintenance laptop with wireless Limited Connection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An Electronic Flight Bag Display Unit (EFB DU) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Multi Function Display Display Unit (MFD DU) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-13-00-02A-110B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many Onboard Data Load Function (ODLF) session can operate at a time? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One ODLF session (one on ML or one on EFB) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ODLF session (one on ML and one on EFB ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three ODLF session (one on ML, one on Left EFB and one on Right EFB) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-13-00-02A-110B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To select text on Central Maintenance Computing Function (CMCF) screens on a Multifunction Display (MFD), you can use: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CURSOR CONTROL on the Multifunction keypad (MFK) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Cursor Control Device (CCD) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the ENTER switch on EFB Electronic Unit (EFB EU) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-43A-110B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine balancing function of CMCF lets you balance an engine without engine ground-run, select The PERFORM BALANCE on The engine balancing main menu to: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Find where to Add and Remove weights from the engine ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make the Engine Monitor Unit calculate and change its balance data ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do Engine ground-run test after finishing Engine balance procedure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-11-00-62A-110B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where does the ACMF(Airplane Condition Monitoring Function) main menu show: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MFD(Multi Function Display) DU (Display Unit) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD (Primary Flight Display) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ML(Maintenance Laptop) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-45-12-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 46: INFORMATION SYSTEM",
        "ch": "the core network cabinet is controlled by (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "core network system software in CCR ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "no controls for the core network cabinet ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "core network controller on FWD EE bay ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref : Page 14 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Ethernet ports for a wired connection of the maintenance laptop (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "connect directly to the common data network ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "connect directly to the open data network ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "connect directly to the isolated data network ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref : Page 36 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the captain side electronic flight bag (EFB) Electronic unit (DU) located (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the flight deck on the side wall panels, outboard of the captain ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the forward EE bay at E2-2 rack ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the flight deck behind the overhead panels ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref : SDS 46-11-00-29A-055C"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Push the XFR button on the captain electronic flight bag (EFB) display unit (DU) to (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "show the display from the first officer EFB DU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "prevent the first officer EFB DU from showing the display ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "show the status message off airplane from captain EFB DU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref : SDS 46-11-00-03A-034B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "SYSTEM FAULT LOG shows fault messages from the EFB that related to (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airplane system faults (core network system) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EFB faults only (not airplane system faults) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Restarting the EFB operational software is fault ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref : Page 424 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The SYSTEM CONFIG function on the EFB MAINTENANCE page will show (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "hardware and non-loadable software parts ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all Aiplane LSAPs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all loadable EFB software parts ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref : Page 426 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "which type of video signal that the surveillance camera interface unit (SCIU) sends to the electronic flight bag system (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "analog ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "digital ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "fiber optic ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref : Page 448 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the EFB (Electronic Flight Bag)EU (Electronics Unit)s located? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the Aft equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the forward equipment center ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the flight compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-11-00-29A-055C-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the EFB (Electronic Flight Bag) components in the flight compartment (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 Electronic Flight Bag Display Unit and one Terminal Wireless LAN Unit ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 Electronic Flight Bag Electronics Unit and one Terminal Wireless LAN Unit ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 Electronic Flight Bag Display Unit and two Cursor Control Device ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-11-00-29A-055C-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How the EFB (Electronic Flight Bag) EU (Electronics Unit) controls the EFB (Electronic Flight Bag)DU (Display Unit) (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control its on-side DU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control its off- side DU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One EFB EU controls two EFB DU, another is standby ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-11-00-02A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which condition below let the ACMF function on the EFB is available? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane in Climb (CL) Flight Phase and below 10,000 feet altitude ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane in the air and below 10,000 feet altitude ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane on ground or airplane above 10,000 feet altitude ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-11-00-36A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which condition below let the Onboard Data Load Function (ODLF) function on the EFB is available (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane in the air and below 10,000 feet altitude ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane on the ground ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-11-00-36A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component controls the CSM (Controller Server Module) in Core Network System ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The software in CCR (Common Computing Resource) cabinet ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CIS (Crew Information System)/MS (Maintenance System) file server module ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are no controls for the CSM (Controller Server Module) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-12-00-06A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component in Core Network System have LED on it to shows the power and status of the controller server module (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air blocking module ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NIM (Network Interface Module) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EGM (Ethernet Gateway Module) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-12-00-04A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many CWLU (Crew Wireless LAN Unit) antennas are installed on the airplane? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 CWLU (Crew Wireless LAN Unit) antennas ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 CWLU (Crew Wireless LAN Unit) antennas ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 CWLU (Crew Wireless LAN Unit) antennas ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-12-00-08A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Wireless network antenna on the top of the fuselage over the flight compartment is the: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Crew Wireless LAN Unit antenna ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Terminal Wireless LAN Unit antenna ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Satcom antenna ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-11-00-29A-055C-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To delete EFB Electronic (EU) software by EFB Display Unit (DU), How to make sure The EFB (Electronic Flight Bag) received on-ground status? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The LOAD MODE button is shown with gray background and white letters on the DU's screen ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The LOAD MODE button is shown black background with cyan letters and border on DU's screen ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The DELETE LSAP is shown with gray background and white letters on the DU's screen ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-11-07-02A-550A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the Core Network Cabinet located ?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the E3 equipment rack in the aft electronic equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the E1 equipment rack in the forward electronic equipment center ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the E2 equipment rack in the forward electronic equipment center ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-12-01-00A-510B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the wired connection points for connecting ML(maintenance laptop) to the airplane? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight deck ethernet port between the observers seats ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward electronic equipment (EE) bay ethernet port and Aft EE bay Ethernet port. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight deck ethernet port between the observers seats; Forward and Aft electronic equipment (EE) bay ethernet port. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-46-12-00-11A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 47: NITROGEN GENERATION SYSTEM",
        "ch": "Which of the following statements is TRUE: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NGS operates automatically with PACK control switch in ON position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NGS operates automatically with no flight deck control interface. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NGS operates manually on ground and automatically during flight. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 310/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which air source does NGS use to make Nitrogen Enriched Air (NEA)? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin air from an inlet duct under the floor of the forward cargo compartment. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Conditioned air outlet of Environmental Control System PACK. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Compressed air directly from Cabin Air Compressor (CAC). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 314/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "NGS pack is located: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In RH MLG wheel well. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In Aft cargo compartment. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below the right forward wing-to-body fairing. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 314/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Regarding power supply to NGS: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NGS has the highest priority if power is necessary for other systems. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NGS has the lowest priority if power is necessary for other systems. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Motor Driven Compressor can get 235v ac from only one common motor start controllers (CMSC). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 326/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Cooling air used for the NGS heat exchanger is taken from: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The environmental control system (ECS) ram air inlet only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The environmental control system (ECS) ram air inlet or the Ground Cooling Valve. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The environmental control system (ECS) ram air inlet or the Cabin Air Compressor. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 342/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following is the correct operation of the Ground Cooling Valve? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is set open when the NGS is in operation and the airplane is on the ground. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is set open when the airplane is in the air. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is set open when the NGS is in operation and the airplane is in the air. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 350/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of NGS drain valve is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To give an inspection access for fuel in the distribution system manifold. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To give an inspection access for nitrogen in the distribution system manifold ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To give an inspection access for oxygen in the distribution system manifold ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 406/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following statements is TRUE: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 02 isolation valve body and driveshaft in NGS, their access is through fuel tank access panels. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is an isolation valve body and driveshaft in each fuel tank, their access is through fuel tank access panels. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is an isolation valve body and driveshaft in each fuel tank, their access is on the front spar. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 414/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Nitrogen Enriched Air (NEA) is circulated in the center tank by: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The center tank jet pump ejector - the vent action draws the mixture of NEA and vent air across the center tank to the left center tank vent ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The center tank jet pump ejector - the vent action circulate NEA only to the left center tank vent ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The center tank jet pump ejector – the vent action blows NEA thru the piccolo tubes the center tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 438/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the components for the structural thermal protection system in and around the nitrogen generation system (NGS) pack? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pack bay temperature sensor, Overheat detection temperature sensors. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pack bay temperature sensor, Overheat detection temperature sensors. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pack bay temperature sensor, overheat detection temperature sensors, insulation blankets. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 458/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 49: AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER",
        "ch": "If start APU with battery, the APU battery powers: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU fire detection system and DC fuel pump ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU controller (APUC), and APU Inlet door actuator ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU controller (APUC), and DC fuel pump ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-10-00-00A-042A-A and DMC-B787-A-49-31-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What will be the result if three or more engine generators go off line in flight? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EICAS Advisory Message APU START is displayed and the APU must be started manually ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU starts when the selector is rotated to the ON position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU automatically starts, regardless of APU selector position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If an engine is running or forward external power is selected ON which APU starter/generator is used for APU start? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either the left or right starter/generator ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left starter/generator ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both APU starter/generators ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM DMC-B787-A-49-11-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement about the The APU start duty cycle for the common motor start controller is correct? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can do the second APU start after five minutes if the APU did not start the first time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can do the third APU start after three minutes if the APU did not start the second time ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can do the APU start three times maximum ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM DMC-B787-A-49-11-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What events must precede before setting the APU selector switch to the START position? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left common computing resource (CCR) cabinet energizes and APU controller is energized ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU air inlet door reaches the full open position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spar valve opens and the APU inlet door opens ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM DMC-B787-A-49-11-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What EICAS memo message is displayed when the APU is running and ready to power the airplane? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU RUNNING ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU ON ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU LIMIT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-70-00-04A-110B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APUC monitors the sensor for correct operation. If the oil temperature sensor is defective: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can not start APU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During the APU starts, the APUC sends a signal to energize the oil pump de-prime valve to go open, no oil goes to the supply oil pump element. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "After the APU starts, the de-prime valve opens, no oil goes to the supply oil pump element ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-94-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can the speed of the APU change? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU speed can not change ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU speed can change only when airplane is in the air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU speed changes when the ambient temperature changes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APUC uses APU and airplane signal data to give the fuel flow necessary to keep a correct shaft speed. The correct engine speed keeps: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ASG frequency in the range of 380 to 440 Hz (Hertz) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU speed in range ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EGT in range ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-31-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component does the BPCU make a selection of during an APU start? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASG ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC and ASG ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-49-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU is operating in the attended mode. Low oil pressure or high EGT is detected. What happen? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The caution message shows on EICAS. The APU must be manually shut down. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "That cause an APU automatic shutdown ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU operates normally till oil press and EGT are more than the limits ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-49-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of the APU PMG is to? (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply power for APU controller ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply power for fuel module ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply power for A/C electrical system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-31-00-06A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In Unattended mode. What happen if APU HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE occur? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU auto shutdown ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU must be manually shut down ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The caution message shows on EICAS ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-49-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement about APU oil quantity is not correct? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EICAS status message APU OIL QUANTITY shows you can operate the APU for 26 hours ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the APU gearbox has less than 1.7 qt of oil during the APU ON mode, the APU will have a low oil pressure (LOP) shutdown. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EICAS status message APU OIL QUANTITY shows if the APU gearbox has less than 3.75 qt of oil and the APU is in the attended mode ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM DMC-B787-A-49-11-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 50: CARGO AND ACCESSORY COMPARTMENT",
        "ch": "What is the purpose of cargo compartment decompression panels? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To ensure equal air pressure between passenger compartment and cargo compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To protect from structural failure due to sudden high pressure difference between the cabin and cargo compartments ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To provide more strength for cargo compartment panels ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 292 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Inside the cargo compartments, the decompression panels are installed in (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ceilings, sidewalls and end-walls ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Floor panels ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sidewall panels only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 292 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What materials are the decompression panels made of?(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fiberglass or composite honeycomb. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aluminum ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Carbon sandwich ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 292 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many types of the decompression panels?(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inside and outside ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inboard and outboard ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left side and right-side ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 293 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If fiberglass liners have cuts, tears or holes in specified limit. (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Liners shall be removed for repair in work shop or can be repaired by special patch kits on wing ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cargo compartment is carried normally ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cargo compartment is not carried Fly away kits, ballast ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 290 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What prevents unwanted movement of a ULD in the roller tray area? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Braking casters ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Spring lift power driver units (PDU) and brake ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Self-lift power driver units (PDU) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 384 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the Self-lift power driver units (PDU) located? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the Roller trays in Forward and Aft Cargo Compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the ball panel area ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the Forward Cargo Compartment only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 380 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many Cargo Maintenance Display Units are there in B787? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two, in the Forward Electronic Equipment Bay and in the Aft Electronic Equipment Bay ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two, one in the forward cargo compartment door cut out, other in the aft cargo compartment door cut out ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One, in the forward cargo compartment ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 392 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cargo handling system gets power for control from? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground handling bus ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground service bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground utility bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787- 50-21-00-00A-042A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To do an operation test of the cargo Power Drive Unit (PDU): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the cargo control joy stick ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the Maintenance Laptop ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 388 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component lets the containers and pallets go into the cargo compartment with correct alignment with the ball mats and without damage? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Doorway entrance guides ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center stop assembly ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center guides ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 326 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What component controls the PDU?(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main control panel , cargo maintenance display unit ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main control panel, cargo door control panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo maintenance display unit ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 378 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cargo maintenance display unit gets power from?(A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28v dc from the left and right airplane electrical buses and main control panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115v ac from the left and right airplane electrical buses and main control panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28v dc from RPDU ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 380 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the software of cargo handling system located?(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main control panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo maintenance display unit ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CCR ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 392 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many system trays are in the ceiling panel of the cargo compartments? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 374 of 798."
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 51: STRUCTURES",
        "ch": "Approximately, how many percentage of composite material does 787 have? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "20%. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "40%. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "60%. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 12/130 of 5C Structures - ECS Book 3 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following is NOT the advantage of composite material? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Composites do not corrode. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Under normal operating conditions, cracks grows faster in composites than they do in metal. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Composites are generally lighter than metal structure. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 16/130 of 5C Structures - ECS Book 3 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are two types of composite structure: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sandwich and Solid Laminate. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sandwich and Honeycomb. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solid Laminate and Tape. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 18/130 of 5C Structures - ECS Book 3 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For a composite part of solid laminate construction, the toolside is the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Side adjacent to the bag when the part is being cure. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Smooth side. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Rough side. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 18/130 of 5C Structures - ECS Book 3 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 52: DOORS",
        "ch": "The Passenger Entry Doors (PED) have slide-raft attached in order to: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Emergency egress ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manual deploy ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane landing on ocean when emergency ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 408/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following statements is TRUE: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EPAS contains a battery which is used for squib discharge power. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EPAS contains a capacitor - stores squib discharge power for 24 hours after loss of airplane power. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EPAS contains a capacitor - stores squib discharge power for up to 1 hour after loss of airplane power. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 454/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 56: WINDOWS",
        "ch": "Which of the flight compartment window can be opened? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No1 window ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No2 window. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No window. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 760/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How are the flight compartment windows installed on the aircraft? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From sliding tracks. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From outside. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From inside. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 760/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the Window Heat Protection Units located? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft of No1 windows. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft of No3 windows. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft of No2 windows. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Page 764/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Noteboo STANDARD PRACTICE - WIRING"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to do a check on a fiber-optic cable for light loss: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual check ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Using flash flight ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "using an Optical Time Domain Ref: lactometer (OTDR) or an Optical Power Meter (OPM) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-10-34-00A-280B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is Warning when work with fiber optic cable : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not look into the end of a fiber optic cable. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not pull or twist the fiber optic cable. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not bend the fiber optic cable more than minimum ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-10-34-00A-280B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many cleaning procedures for fiber optic : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-10-34-00A-280B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many types of damages of fiber optic end face: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-10-34-00A-280B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many types of unwanted materials of fiber optic end face : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-10-34-00A-280B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many level of material temperature grades: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. SWPM 20-00-11 PAGE 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many material classes : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. SWPM 20-00-11 PAGE 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What meaning of last digit number of wire part number data : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Color code ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gauge ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. SWPM 20-00-13 PAGE 87"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Functions of a Shielded cable is : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not let high intensity radio frequency (HIRF) energy from the different radio sources ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Protect from hot condition ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Protect from erosion ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. SWPM 20-25-00 page 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to store the ESD devices: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Conductive bag ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Transparent Bag ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Paper bag ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. SWPM 20-41-01 page 3"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When remove the Printed Wiring board: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use wrist strap ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use specific tool ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only by hand ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. SWPM 20-41-01 page 6"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a fiber optic cable does not move freely during installation: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "hold the cable by the connector to gently pull it into place ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "do not try to pull or push the cable. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "hold the cable to gently pull it into place ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: SWPM 20-12-11 page 24"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to align the keys of the plug with the keyways of the receptacle, during fiber optic connector installation? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn fiber optic plug ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not turn plug more than a half turn in either direction ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not turn plug ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: SWPM 20-12-11 page 29"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a plastic tie strap is assembled on a harness that has a BACC69A() fiber optic cable?: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "do not use plastic tie strap ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "cable must be protected by two to four layers of Scotch 70 tape at the location of the plastic tie strap ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "discard and use lacing tape ties ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: SWPM 20-10-11 page 29"
    },
    {
        "ch": "what do you do after a fiber optic cable assembly is replaced: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "nothing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "make an inspection of the continuity of the fiber optic segments. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "make an inspection of the light loss level of the fiber optic segments ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: SWPM 20-10-11 page 9"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The minimum bend radius for a single wire or a single cable is: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ten times the diameter of the wire or the cable ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the larger value of 1.5 inches the diameter of the wire or the cable ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "six times the diameter of the wire or the cable ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: SWPM 20-10-11 page 4"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What should be done to the fiber optic cables before you do a light loss test? (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nothing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Examine the fiber-optic connectors for damage and contamination. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the reference level to 0.00 dB in accordance with the operating instructions for the light power meter ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-20-10-34-00A-280B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which CB (Circuit Breaker) is known as a “tripped” circuit breaker : (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CB that opens because of maintenace procedure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CB that opens because of an electrical overload ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CB that opens because of the related system is deactivated ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-20-60-01-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the requirement of the vacuum cleaner used to to remove combustible material around wiring ?: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no specific requirement. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The vacuum cleaner head must be made of plastic. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The vacuum cleaner head should be made of plastic or non-conductive material. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:DMC-B787-A-20-60-02-00B-258A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of Cycling Thermal Circuit Breakers?: (B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycling of less frequently used circuit breakers can help to improve operational system reliability. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycling of frequently used circuit breakers can help to prevent them from not opening when an electrical fault occurs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycling of less frequently used or frequently used circuit breakers can help to improve operational system reliability but depends on the airline operation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-20-60-01-01A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the most common cause of wire bundle and wire component degradation: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Paint. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic fluid. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cleaning agents. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-20-60-07-00A-720A-A"
    }
]